Module:Citation/CS1: Difference between revisions

From wiki
Jump to navigation Jump to search
1>Antigng
(修复显而易见的bug(无需共识))
 
m (1 revision imported)
 
(One intermediate revision by one other user not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
--[[--------------------------< I M P O R T E D _  F U N C T I O N S _ A N D _ V A R I B L E S >-----------------
require ('strict');
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
 
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
 
]]
]]


local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


local dates, year_date_check; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local add_maint_cat, append_error, make_error_tail, reset_error, set_error, select_one, throw_error;     
-- error-related functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Error
local first_set, hyphen_to_dash, is_set, in_array, substitute; -- simple functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local has_invisible_chars, kern_quotes, pend_separator, safe_join, wrap_style, wrap_msg;
-- style-related functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local check_for_external_link, make_external_link, make_internal_link; -- link-related functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Links
local extract_ids, build_id_list, is_embargoed, extract_id_access_levels; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local get_people, format_people; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/People
local COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local script_concatenate, language_parameter; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Language


local function load_modules (module_path, module_suffix)
--[[------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >---------------
cfg = mw.loadData (module_path .. 'Configuration' .. module_suffix);
 
whitelist = mw.loadData (module_path .. 'Whitelist' .. module_suffix);
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
local validation = require (module_path .. 'Date_validation' .. module_suffix);
other modules; that are created here and used here
local identifiers = require (module_path .. 'Identifiers' .. module_suffix);
 
local utilities = require (module_path .. 'Utilities' .. module_suffix);
]]
local people = require (module_path .. 'People' .. module_suffix);
 
local links = require (module_path .. 'Links' .. module_suffix);
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local errors = require (module_path .. 'Error' .. module_suffix);
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local coins = require (module_path .. 'COinS' .. module_suffix);
local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local languages = require (module_path .. 'Language' .. module_suffix);
local added_numeric_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_numeric_name_maint; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted
local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation
 


utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg);
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
links.set_selected_modules (utilities, errors);
errors.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities, links);
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities, errors, links, validation);
people.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities, errors, links);
coins.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities, links);
languages.set_selected_modules (utilities, errors);


dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.
 
first_set = utilities.first_set;
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs
hyphen_to_dash = utilities.hyphen_to_dash;
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
is_set = utilities.is_set;
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.
in_array = utilities.in_array;
 
substitute = utilities.substitute;
]]
has_invisible_chars = utilities.has_invisible_chars;
kern_quotes = utilities.kern_quotes;
pend_separator = utilities.pend_separator;
safe_join = utilities.safe_join;
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
wrap_msg = utilities.wrap_msg;
make_external_link = links.make_external_link;
make_internal_link = links.make_internal_link;
check_for_external_link = links.check_for_external_link;
add_maint_cat = errors.add_maint_cat;
append_error = errors.append_error;
make_error_tail = errors.make_error_tail;
reset_error = errors.reset_error;
set_error = errors.set_error;
select_one = errors.select_one;
throw_error = errors.throw_error;
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids;
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
get_people = people.get_people;
format_people = people.format_people;
COinS = coins.COinS;
script_concatenate = languages.script_concatenate;
language_parameter = languages.language_parameter;


local function first_set (list, count)
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------


Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
offending parameter name to the error message.
 
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
 
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]


local function deprecated_parameter (name)
local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
append_error ('deprecated_params', {name});
if added_vanc_errs then return end
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
end
end


--[[--------------------------< D I S C A R D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
returns true if it does, else false


]]
]]


local function discard_parameter (name, label, new_value)
local function is_scheme (scheme)
if is_set (name) then
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
append_error ('parameter_discarded', label);
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
 
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
 
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
 
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
 
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
 
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
 
]=]
 
local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
end
 
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
return false;
end
 
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
'[%a%d]+%:?'                                                            -- IPv6 address
}
 
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
if domain:match (pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
end
end
 
for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
return true
end
end
end
return new_value;
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A N I T I Z E D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------


This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
of allowable values (e.g. yes, y, true, no, etc). If the parameter value is empty or is in the list of allowed values,
 
the function returns the value; else, it emits an error message and returns the default value.
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.


]]
]]


local function sanitized_parameter_value (value, name, key, default)
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if not is_set (value) then
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return value; -- an empty parameter is ok
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
elseif in_array (value:lower(), cfg.keywords[key]) then
return value;
else
else
append_error ('invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
return default;
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A R A M E T E R _ C H E C K >------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
 
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
 
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
 
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?
 
Strip off any port and path;


]]
]]


local function extra_text_in_parameter_check (value, type)
local function split_url (url_str)
local scheme, authority, domain;
local good_patterns = cfg.extra_text_pattern[type]['good'];
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
local bad_patterns = cfg.extra_text_pattern[type]['bad'];
 
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
for _, pattern in pairs (good_patterns) do
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
if value:match (pattern) then
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
return;
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
else
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end
end
for _, pattern in pairs (bad_patterns) do
return scheme, domain;
if value:match (pattern) then
end
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', type);
 
return;
 
end
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
 
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
 
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
 
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
 
]]
 
local function link_param_ok (value)
local scheme, domain;
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then                                          -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end
end
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end
end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E _ D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------


Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
we get the date used in the metadata.
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
 
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists
 
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.


Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
]]


local function validate_date (AccessDate, ArchiveDate, Date, DoiBroken, Embargo, LayDate, PublicationDate, Year, COinS_date, origin)
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local error_message = '';
local orig;
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
anchor_year, error_message = dates ({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}, COinS_date);
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix


if is_set (Year) then
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
if is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
append_error ('date_year_mismatch', {origin});
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
end
end
anchor_year = Year; -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
end
end


if is_set (error_message) then
if utilities.is_set (orig) then
append_error ('bad_date', {error_message}); -- add this error message
link = ''; -- unset
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
end
return anchor_year;
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
end
end


--[[--------------------------< D I S C A R D _ C H A P T E R >-------------------------------------------------------
 
仅为保持兼容性而设置。理论上可以直接调用discard_parameter()丢弃相关参数。
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
 
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
 
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
 
]]
]]
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
return false;
end
local scheme, domain;
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
local function discard_chapter (args)
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
local chap_param;
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
if is_set (args['Chapter']) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = args:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
elseif is_set (args['TransChapter']) then
chap_param = args:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
elseif is_set (args['ChapterURL']) then
chap_param = args:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL');
elseif is_set (args['ScriptChapter']) then
chap_param = args:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
elseif is_set (args['ChapterFormat']) then
chap_param = args:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
elseif is_set (args['ChapterUrlAccess']) then
chap_param = args:ORIGIN ('ChapterUrlAccess')
end
end
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
append_error ('chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
 
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.
 
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
 
]=]
 
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;
 
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('^//%S+') or value:match ('%s//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; authority indicator (//) must be be preceded nothing or by whitespace
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
end
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C R E A T E _ U R L _ O B J E C T >------------------------------------------
 
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
 
loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.


]]
]]


local function create_url_object (url, source, fmt, fmt_source, access, access_source)
local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
return {
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
['url'] = is_set (url) and url or '',
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
['origin'] = is_set (source) and source or '',
table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
['access'] = is_set (access) and sanitized_parameter_value (access, access_source, 'url-access', '') or '',
end
['access-origin'] = is_set (access_source) and access_source or '',
end
['format'] = is_set (fmt) and fmt or '',
end
['format-origin'] = is_set (fmt_source) and fmt_source or '',
 
['access-text'] = ''
 
}
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
 
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
 
]]
 
local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
end
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '&#91;',
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
 
Format an external link with error checking
 
]]
 
local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
local err_msg = '';
local domain;
local path;
local base_url;
 
if not utilities.is_set (label) then
label = URL;
if utilities.is_set (source) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
else
error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter
end
end
if not check_url (URL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
end
 
base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
 
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
end
 
return base_url;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------


This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
 
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.
 
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]


local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if is_set (title_type) then
if not added_deprecated_cat then
if 'none' == title_type then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message
end
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.
 
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
 
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
 
]=]
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap = '';
local wl_type, label, link;
 
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
end
 
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
 
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
end
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
end
if 2 == wl_type then
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
str = label;
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
end
return str;
end
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.


return cfg.title_types[cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
end
 
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ N O _ T R A C K I N G _ C A T S >-----------------------------------------
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.


check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=


]]
]]


local function set_no_tracking_cats (no_tracking, no_tracking_source, this_page)
local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
local no_tracking_cats = sanitized_parameter_value (no_tracking, no_tracking_source, 'yes_true_y', nil);
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
local name;
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
return true; -- set no_tracking_cats
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
return true; -- set no_tracking_cats; bail out if one is found
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message
end
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
return false;
else
else
return true;
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
 
return script_value;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
 
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.
 
]]
 
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
if utilities.is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
if utilities.is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
end
return title;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------


Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().


]]
]]


local function set_cs1_style (ps)
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
return "";
end
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
if true == lower then
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------


Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
 
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.
 
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=


]]
]]


local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
local function wikisource_url_make (str)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
local wl_type, D, L;
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
local ws_url, ws_label;
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
 
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
 
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
});
end
end
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
 
ref = 'harv'; -- set default |ref=harv
if ws_url then
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
end
end
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
 
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------


When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------
rendered style.
 
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.


]]
]]


local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
local sep;
 
if (cite_class == 'citation') then -- for citation templates (CS2)
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else -- not a citation template so CS1
else
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
end
 
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
periodical = trans_periodical;
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
end
end
end


return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
return periodical;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------


Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
 
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).


]]
]]


local function set_style (mode, mode_source, ps, ref, quote, cite_class)
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local sep;
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
mode = sanitized_parameter_value (mode, mode_source, 'mode', ''):lower();
if ws_url then
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
chapter = ws_label;
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
end
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
 
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
 
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
elseif ws_url then
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
end
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() or is_set (quote) then -- if assigned value is 'none' then set it to empty string
 
ps = ''; -- also cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = trans_chapter;
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
end
end
end
 
return sep, ps, ref
return chapter;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S W A P _ U R L S >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------
 
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
The search stops at the first match.
 
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
 
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().
 
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.


]]
]]


local function swap_urls (url_object, chapter_url_object, archive_url_object, dead_url)
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local original_url_object = create_url_object ();
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local is_dead = in_array (dead_url, cfg.keywords['deadurl-live']); -- used later when assembling archived text
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found
if is_set (archive_url_object['url']) then
 
if is_set (url_object['url']) then
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
original_url_object = url_object;
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
if not is_dead then
return;
url_object = archive_url_object;
end
 
for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end
elseif is_set (chapter_url_object['url']) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
end
original_url_object = chapter_url_object;
if not is_dead then
if position then
chapter_url_object = archive_url_object;
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
else
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
end
 
utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
end
end
end
end
return original_url_object, url_object, chapter_url_object;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T  _ U R L _ A C C E S S _ T E X T >---------------------------------------


从x-url-access系列参数生成相应的图标;兼容既有registration, subscription参数,优先级x-url-access > subscription > registration。
--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------
 
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
single internal variable.


]]
]]


local function format_url_access_text (url_object, subscription_required, registration_required)
local function argument_wrapper ( args )
local access_text = '';
local origin = {};
local redundant = false;
local access = url_object['access'];
return setmetatable({
local reg = false;
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
local sub = false;
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
if is_set (access) then
return origin[k];
if (access == 'limited') then
access_text = cfg.presentation['limited']; -- 有限度免费访问
elseif (access == 'registration') then
access_text = cfg.presentation['registration']; -- 需要免费注册
reg = true;
elseif (access == 'subscription') then
access_text = cfg.presentation['subscription']; -- 需要付费订阅
sub = true;
else
access_text = '';
end
end
if is_set (subscription_required) or is_set (registration_required) then
},
redundant = true;
{
end
__index = function ( tbl, k )
else
if origin[k] ~= nil then
if is_set (subscription_required) then
return nil;
access_text = cfg.presentation['subscription']; -- 需要免费注册
end
sub = true;
if is_set (registration_required) then
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
redundant = true;
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = '';
origin[k] = '';
end
end
elseif is_set (registration_required) then
access_text = cfg.presentation['registration']; -- 需要付费订阅
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
reg = true
return v;
else
end,
access_text = '';
});
end
end
if is_set (url_object ['url']) then
url_object['access-text'] = access_text;
if sub then
add_maint_cat ('subscription');
elseif reg then
add_maint_cat ('registration');
end
else
-- 预留报错
end
return redundant;
end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------


returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
 
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.


]]
]]
local function nowrap_date (date)
local cap = '';
local cap2 = '';
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
return '';
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (cite_class =='map' and 'magazine' == origin) then
return date;
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
end
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
 
elseif is_set (volume) then
 
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------
else
 
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).
 
]]
 
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
end
 
local vol = '';
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------
 
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
 
]]
 
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
f.gsub = string.gsub
f.match = string.match
f.sub = string.sub
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
f.match = mw.ustring.match
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
end
 
local str = ''; -- the output string
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
local end_chr = '';
local trim;
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if is_set (volume) then
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
if (6 < mw.ustring.len (volume)) then
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
vol = wrap_msg ('j-vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
elseif value ~= '' then
else
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
vol = wrap_style ('vol-bold', hyphen_to_dash (volume));
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
trim = true;
elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
end
end
 
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
end
end
end
end
if is_set (issue) then
return str;
return vol .. wrap_msg ('j-issue', issue, lower);
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------
 
returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Puncutation not allowed.
 
]]
 
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
end
end
return vol;
return false;
end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ I N S O U R C E _ L O C A T I O N >----------------------------------


Build insource_location meta-parameter from |page(s)= , |sheet(s)= , |at= and other relevant parameters.
--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
 
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.
 
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
 
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
 
This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.
 
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)


]]
]]


local function format_insource_location (page, pages, sheet, sheets, at, minutes, time, time_caption, section, sections, inset, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
local text = '';
if not suffix then
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
if is_set (sheet) then
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
if 'journal' == origin then
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
text = wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower);
else
text = wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower);
end
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
end
if 'journal' == origin then
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
text = wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
text = wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
end
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
return true;
end
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. 
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
]]
local function reduce_to_initials (first, position)
if first:find (',', 1, true) then
return first; -- commas not allowed; abandon
end
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
end
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word


local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (cite_class == 'map' and 'journal' == origin);
local initials_t, names_t = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
if is_set (page) then
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
if is_journal then
 
text = wrap_msg ('j-page(s)', page, lower);
names_t = mw.text.split (first, '[%s%-]+'); -- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix
elseif not is_set (nopp) then
 
text = wrap_msg ('p-prefix', {sepc, page}, lower);
while names_t[i] do -- loop through the sequence
else
if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
text = wrap_msg ('nopp', {sepc, page}, lower);
names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
if is_suffix (names_t[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials_t, ' ' .. names_t[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials_t, mw.ustring.sub (names_t[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials sequence
end
end
elseif is_set (pages) then
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
if is_journal then
end
text = wrap_msg ('j-page(s)', pages, lower);
elseif tonumber (pages) ~= nil and not is_set (nopp) then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return table.concat (initials_t); -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
text = wrap_msg ('p-prefix', {sepc, pages}, lower);
end
elseif not is_set (nopp) then
 
text = wrap_msg ('pp-prefix', {sepc, pages}, lower);
 
else
--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >----------------------------------
text = wrap_msg ('nopp', {sepc, pages}, lower);
 
extract interwiki prefixen from <value>.  Returns two one or two values:
false – no prefixen
nil – prefix exists but not recognized
project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of:
:<project>:<language>:<article>
:<language>:<project>:<article>
project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix
nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix
 
accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and
v (wikiversity)) are not supported.
 
]]
 
local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link)
if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix
return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later
end
 
local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
'^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes
'^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix
}
local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
'^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes
'^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes
'^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix
'^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix
}
local cap1, cap2;
for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do
cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern);
if cap1 then
break; -- found a match so stop looking
end
end
end
end
if is_set (minutes) then
if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed)
text = pend_separator (wrap_msg ('minutes', minutes, lower), sepc, true) .. text;
if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language:
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
end
else -- here when :language:project:
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
end
end
return nil; -- unknown interwiki language
elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil?
return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail
elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture
return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language
else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language
end
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
 
Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)  
 
names in the list will be linked when
|<name>-link= has a value
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
rendered previously so should have been linked there
 
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered
 
]]
 
local function list_people (control, people, etal)
local sep;
local namesep;
local format = control.format;
local maximum = control.maximum;
local name_list = {};
 
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
else
else
if is_set (time) then
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
if not is_set (time_caption) then
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
text = pend_separator (wrap_msg ('event', time, lower), sepc, true) .. text;
end
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
local mask = person.mask;
local one;
local sep_one = sep;
 
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
end
if mask then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
if n then
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
else
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
end
else
else
text = pend_separator (time_caption .. ' ' .. time .. text, sepc, true);
one = person.last; -- get surname
local first = person.first -- get given name
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
end
 
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present
if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then
proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat?
end
if proj then
local proj_name = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project
if proj_name then
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj_name); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
utilities.add_prop_cat ('interproj-linked-name', proj); -- categorize it; <proj> is sort key
tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language
end
end
if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then
tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat?
end
if tag then
local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag];
if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
utilities.add_prop_cat ('interwiki-linked-name', tag); -- categorize it; <tag> is sort key
end
end
 
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
end
end
end
end
end
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if 0 < count then
if 1 < count and not etal then
if 'amp' == format then
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
elseif 'and' == format then
if 2 == count then
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
else
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
end
end
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
end
text = text .. pend_separator (at, sepc, true);
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
text = text .. pend_separator (wrap_msg ('inset', inset, lower), sepc, true);
end
 
if is_set (sections) then
 
text = text .. pend_separator (wrap_msg ('sections', sections, lower), sepc, true);
--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------
elseif is_set (section) then
 
text = text .. pend_separator (wrap_msg ('section', section, lower), sepc, true);
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
returns an empty string.
 
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
order. year is Year or anchor_year.
 
]]
 
local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------
 
construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.
 
<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter
 
]]
 
local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
local class_t = {};
table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight
if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
else
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
end
for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
end
end
 
return text;
return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done
end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P U B L I S H E R >------------------------------------------
 
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
 
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.
 
This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
|display-<names>=etal parameter


]]
]]


local function format_publisher (publisher_name, publication_place, periodical, cite_class, sepc)
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
local publisher = '';
 
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
if is_set (publisher_name) then
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
if is_set (publication_place) then
publisher = publication_place .. ': ' .. publisher_name;
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
else
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
publisher = publisher_name; 
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added
end
end
end
end
elseif is_set (publication_place) then
publisher = publication_place;
end
end
 
if is_set (publisher) then
return name, etal;
if is_set (periodical) and
end
not in_array (cite_class, {'encyclopaedia', 'web', 'pressrelease', 'podcast'}) then
 
publisher = ' (' .. publisher .. ')';
 
else
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
publisher = pend_separator (publisher, sepc, true);
 
Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters. 
 
Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are
not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters.
 
This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template.  Does not emit both error
and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value.
 
returns nothing
 
]]
 
local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name)
local patterns = {
'^%D+%d', -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters
'^%D*%d+%D+', -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters
}
 
if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters
utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias); -- add an error message
added_numeric_name_errs = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one error message
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
end
 
if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns
if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
added_numeric_name_maint = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
end
end
end
end
end
return publisher;
end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ L I N K >-------------------------------------------------


Format an external link that may or may not be raw.
--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
 
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.
 
Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says
that the generational suffix does not take a separator character).  Titles, degrees,
postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation.
 
<name> – name parameter value
<list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc
<limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names
 
returns nothing


]]
]]


local function format_external_link (text, url_object, sepc)
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit)
if is_set (text) then
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
if is_set (url_object['url']) then
limit = limit and limit or 1;
text = make_external_link (url_object['url'], text, url_object['origin']);
if utilities.is_set (name) then
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
-- entities
_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
-- they also can be subtracted.
if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
end
end
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------
 
Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
<item> can have on of two values:
'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
'generic_titles' – for |title=
 
There are two types of generic tests.  The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
'reject' test.  For example,
|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test.  But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening.  Accept tests are always performed before reject
tests.
 
Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
that each can hold a test sequence table  The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
[2], a boolean control value.  The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.
 
Returns
true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
nil else
 
]=]
 
local function is_generic (item, value, wiki)
local test_val;
local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
['en'] = string.lower,
['local'] = mw.ustring.lower,
}
local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
['en'] = string.find,
['local'] = mw.ustring.find,
}
 
local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched
end
local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second
 
for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type
for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do
if generic_value[wiki] then
if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test
return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else
end
end
end
end
end
text = pend_separator (text .. url_object['format'], sepc, true);
elseif is_set (url_object['url']) then
text = make_external_link (url_object['url'], nil, url_object['origin']);
end
end
return text;
end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ C O N F E R E N C E >----------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------
 
calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
parameter name used in error messaging


]]
]]


local function format_conference (conference, conference_url_object, periodical, cite_class, sepc)
local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
local conf_text = format_external_link (conference, conference_url_object, sepc);
if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
if 'speech' == cite_class and is_set (periodical) then
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message
-- if cite speech, periodical (perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter) is set;
added_generic_name_errs = true;
conf_text = pend_separator (conf_text, sepc, false); -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the conference variable if set.
end
end
return conf_text;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------


Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
 
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.


]]
]]


local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapter_url_object, no_quotes, cite_class, title_type, sepc)
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
local chapter_error = '';
local accept_name;
 
if not is_set (chapter) then
if utilities.is_set (last) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
else
 
if false == no_quotes then
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
end
end
end
end


chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
if utilities.is_set (first) then
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>


if is_set (transchapter) then
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0); -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name
if is_set (chapter) then
name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
end
chapter = transchapter;
local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
if 0 ~= wl_type then
first = D;
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
end
end
end
end
if is_set (chapter_url_object['url']) then
 
chapter = make_external_link (chapter_url_object['url'], chapter, chapter_url_object['origin']) .. chapter_url_object['access-text'];
return last, first; -- done
-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
end
 
chapter = chapter .. chapter_error;
 
--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
 
Gets name list from the input arguments
 
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.
 
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.
 
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.
 
]]
 
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
 
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
while true do
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
if is_set (chapter) then
if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name
if 'map' == cite_class and is_set (title_type) then
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. title_type;
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only
end
end
if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
link = nil; -- unset so we don't link
link_alias = nil;
end
end
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
}); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
 
if first then
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
end
 
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
end
chapter = pend_separator (chapter .. chapter_url_object['format'], sepc,  false);
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
else -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
chapter = pend_separator (chapter_url_object['format'], sepc, false); -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
return chapter;
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ M A I N _ T I T L E >------------------------------------------


Format the five title parameters: |script-title=, |title=, |trans-title=, |title-link=, and |url= into a single Title meta-
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------
parameter (url_origin and title_link_origin used for error messages).
 
attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.
 
This function looks for:
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize.  Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}
 
on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil


]]
]]


local function format_main_title (title, title_link, title_link_origin, script_title, trans_title, url_object, no_chapter_format, cite_class, periodical)
local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
if is_set (title_link) and is_set (title) then
local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
title = make_internal_link (title_link, title, title_link_origin);
local name;
local tag;
 
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2]; -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn
end
return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
end
end
if no_chapter_format or
 
('map' == cite_class and is_set (periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
title = kern_quotes (title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', title);
if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
title = script_concatenate (title, script_title); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
end
trans_title= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_title );
 
elseif 'report' == cite_class then -- no styling for cite report
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
title = script_concatenate (title, script_title); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
trans_title= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_title ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
title = wrap_style ('italic-title', title);
title = script_concatenate (title, script_title); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
trans_title = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_title);
end
end


local trans_error = '';
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
if is_set (trans_title) then
if is_set (title) then
if name then
trans_title = ' ' .. trans_title;
return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
else
trans_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'title'});
end
end
end
title = title .. trans_title;
tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag
if is_set (title) then
if tag then
if not is_set (title_link) and is_set (url_object['url']) then
return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
title = make_external_link (url_object['url'], title, url_object['origin']) .. url_object['access-text'] .. trans_error .. url_object['format'];
end
url_object = create_url_object ();
 
else
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else
title = title .. trans_error;
 
if tag then
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
if name then
return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
end
end
end
end
return title, url_object;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T  _ F O R M A T >--------------------------------------------------------


Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etcAlso emits an error message if the format parameter does
--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
 
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 codeIf a code
the appropriate styling.
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
was provided with the language parameter.
 
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
 
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
recognized but code 'ara' is not.
 
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
optional space characters.


]]
]]


local function format_format (args)
local function language_parameter (lang)
for _, url_object in pairs (args) do
local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
if is_set (url_object['format']) then
local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
url_object['format'] = wrap_style ('format', url_object['format']); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
local name; -- the language name
if not is_set (url_object['url']) then
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
url_object['format'] = url_object['format'] .. set_error ('format_missing_url', {url_object['format-origin'], url_object['origin']});
local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
-- add an error message
 
end
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
elseif is_set (url_object['url']) then
 
if url_object['url']:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url_object['url']:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?') then
names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
-- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
 
url_object['format'] = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase
 
if utilities.is_set (tag) then
lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag
 
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
end
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it
end
end
else
name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
end
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ A C C E S S D A T E >----------------------------------------------
 
--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
 
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.


]]
]]


local function format_accessdate (accessdate, sepc, lower)
local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
if is_set (accessdate) then -- first, wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
if accessdate:match ('^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$') then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
accessdate = wrap_style ('nowrap1', accessdate); -- when accessdate is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
elseif accessdate:match('^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$') or accessdate:match ('^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$') then
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
local cap, cap2 = string.match (accessdate, '^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$');
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
accessdate = wrap_style ('nowrap2', {cap, cap2}); -- when accessdate is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
end
end
accessdate = ' ' .. wrap_msg ('retrieved', accessdate, lower); -- add retrieved text
else
accessdate = wrap_style ('accessdate', {sepc, accessdate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
end
end
return accessdate;
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ I D >----------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------
 
Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.
 
]]
]]


local function format_id (id, docket, sepc, lower)
local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
id = pend_separator (id, sepc, true);
local sep;
return pend_separator (wrap_msg ('docket', docket, lower), sepc, true) .. id;
if 'cs2' == mode then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
else
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
end
 
if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
if 'cs2' == mode or ('cs1' ~= mode and 'citation' == cite_class) then -- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
postscript = '';
end
return sep, postscript
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ Q U O T E >----------------------------------------------
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------
 
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.
 
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
 
]=]
 
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------
 
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.
 
]]
]]


local function format_quote (quote, sepc)
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if is_set (quote) then
if utilities.is_set (format) then
if quote:sub (1, 1) == '"' and quote:sub (-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
quote = quote:sub (2, -2); -- strip them off
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message
end
end
return pend_separator (wrap_style ('quoted-text', quote), sepc, true); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return '';
return format;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ A R C H I V E >------------------------------------------
 
--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------
 
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
 
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').
 
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
 
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
 
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
 
This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but
not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings.  When using global settings, <param> is set to the
keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error.  Error is suppressed because it is to be expected
that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}.


]]
]]


local function format_archive (archive_url_object, original_url_object, archive_date, dead_url, sepc, lower)
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
local archived = '';
if utilities.is_set (max) then
if is_set (archive_url_object['url']) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
if not is_set (archive_date) then
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
archive_date = set_error ('archive_missing_date');
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
max = nil;
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
if in_array (dead_url, cfg.keywords['deadurl-live']) then
end
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if (lower) then arch_text = arch_text:lower(); end;
return max, etal;
archived = pend_separator (wrap_msg ('archived-not-dead', {make_external_link (archive_url_object['url'], arch_text, archive_url_object['origin']) .. archive_url_object['format'], archive_date }, lower), sepc, true);
end
if not is_set (original_url_object['url']) then
 
archived = archived .. ' ' .. set_error ('archive_missing_url');  
 
--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
 
Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
 
check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG
 
]]
 
local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message
return; -- and done
end
end
elseif is_set (original_url_object['url']) then -- dead_url is not live, so it should be empty, dead or unfit
end
if in_array (dead_url, cfg.keywords['deadurl-unfit']) then
end
archived = pend_separator (wrap_msg('archived-unfit', archive_date, lower), sepc, true);
end
-- format already styled
 
else -- dead_url is empty or dead
 
archived = pend_separator (wrap_msg ('archived-dead',
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------
{make_external_link (original_url_object['url'], cfg.messages['original'], original_url_object['origin']) .. original_url_object['access-text'] .. original_url_object['format'], archive_date }, lower), sepc, true);
 
-- format already styled
Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.  Applies to
both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem=
and |issue=.
 
For |volume=:
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
are allowed.
 
For |issue=:
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed
numero sign U+2116.
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=
 
sets error message on failure; returns nothing
 
]]
 
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
return;
end
local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case
 
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do -- spin through the sequence table of patterns
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message
return; -- and done
end
end
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
 
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked
 
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
 
]=]
 
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local _, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (vparam);
if accept then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('vanc-accept'); -- add properties category
end
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
local i = 1;
while name_table[i] do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
local name = name_table[i];
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
end
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
else
archived = pend_separator (wrap_msg ('archived-missing',  
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
{set_error ('archive_missing_url'), archive_date }, lower), sepc, true);
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
end
elseif is_set (original_url_object['format']) then
i = i + 1;
archived = original_url_object['format']; -- if set and archive_url not set archive_format has error message
end
end
return output_table;
return archived;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ L A Y >---------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
 
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
 
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
 
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
 
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.


]]
]]


local function format_lay (lay_url_object, lay_date, lay_source, sepc, lower)
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local lay = '';
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
if is_set (lay_url_object['url']) then
local v_name_table = {};
if is_set (lay_date) then lay_date = ' (' .. lay_date .. ')' end
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
if is_set (lay_source) then  
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
lay_source = wrap_msg ('lay source', lay_source, lower);
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;
 
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
 
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
local accept_name;
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>
 
if accept_name then
last = v_name;
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;  
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix
 
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
first = ''; -- unset
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
end
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
end
else
else
lay_source = '';
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
end
local lay_sum = cfg.messages['lay summary'];
if lower then
if utilities.is_set (first) then
lay_sum = lay_sum:lower();
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
end
end
end
lay = pend_separator (make_external_link (lay_url_object['url'], lay_sum, lay_url_object['origin']) .. lay_url_object['format'] .. lay_source .. lay_date, sepc, true);
 
else -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
lay = pend_separator (lay_url_object['format'], sepc, true); -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
return lay;
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
 
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
 
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)
 
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
 
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
 
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.
 
]]
]]


local function format_periodical (periodical, title, title_note, sepc)
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
if is_set (periodical) then
local lastfirst = false;
if is_set (title) or is_set (title_note) then  
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
return pend_separator (wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical), sepc, true);
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
else  
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
return wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical);
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
end
lastfirst = true;
end
 
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message
end
end
return '';
 
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------


Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a dateOtherwise returns an empty string.
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
 
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_valIf the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.


namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
TODO: explain <invert>


]]
]]


local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
 
local id = table.concat (names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
return 'CITEREF' .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
return value; -- return <value> as it is
else
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return ret_val;
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
 
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.


]]
]]


local function format_citation (body, cite_class, ref, namelist, year, ocins_output, no_tracking_cats)
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
local options = {};
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
end
end
 
 
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------
 
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
 
]]
if is_set (cite_class) and cite_class ~= 'citation' then
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
options.class = 'citation ' .. cite_class; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then
else
return '';
options.class = 'citation';
end
end
-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?
if is_set (ref) and ref:lower() ~= 'none' then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
local id = ref
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat
if ('harv' == ref ) then
end
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
 
if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
local vol = '';
 
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
else -- four or fewer characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
end
end
end
options.id = id;
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '')
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '')
return vol;
end
end
if string.len (body:gsub ('<span[^>/]*>.-</span>', ''):gsub ('%b<>','')) <= 2 then
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
reset_error ({'err_cats'});
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
body = set_error ('empty_citation');
reset_error ({'msg_tail'});
end
end
local text;
if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number
return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower);
elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below
return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower);
end
end
 
-- all other types of citation
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
 
 
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
 
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets
 
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
 
]]
 
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
 
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if is_set (options.id) then
if utilities.is_set (page) then
text = wrap_style ('citation-with-id', {mw.uri.anchorEncode (options.id), mw.text.nowiki (options.class), body});
if is_journal then
else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
text = wrap_style ('citation-no-id', {mw.text.nowiki (options.class), body});
elseif not nopp then
end
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
text = text .. wrap_style ('OCinS', ocins_output);
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
text = text .. make_error_tail (no_tracking_cats); -- append error/maintenance messages/categories to the citation
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
 
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.
 
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it? 
 
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
 
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?
 
]]
 
local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
 
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
pages = ''; -- unset the others
at = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
 
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if utilities.is_set (at) then
at = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
 
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end
return text;
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< D E D U C E _ C I T A T I O N _ C L A S S >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------


如果citation_class为citation({{citation}}),根据periodical系列参数的设置情况推断实际的引用类型。
add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value


]]
]]


local function deduce_citation_class (A, naive_class)
local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
local deduced_class;
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
local periodical = A['Periodical'];
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
local origin = A:ORIGIN ('Periodical');
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
end
end
 
return archive, date;
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
 
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.
 
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
 
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
 
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
 
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
 
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
archive URL:
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
 
A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and
archive.today).  The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date=
matches the timestamp in the archive url.
 
]=]
 
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
for cite_class, aliases in pairs (cfg.periodical.parameters) do
timestamp = url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/') or -- get timestamp from archive.today urls
if cite_class ~= '_general' then
url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%-%d%d%d%d%d%d)/'); -- this timestamp needs cleanup
for _, aliase in pairs (aliases) do
if timestamp then -- if this was an archive.today url ...
if origin == aliase then
return url, date, timestamp:gsub ('[%.%-]', ''); -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp (dots and dashes removed) from |archive-url=, and done
deduced_class = cite_class;
end
-- here for archive.org urls
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
 
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
if '*' ~= flag then
local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
end
end
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
else
return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
end
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and
if is_preview_mode then
return url, date, timestamp; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
else
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
]]
local function place_check (param_val)
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
return param_val; -- return that empty state
end
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
end
end
if (naive_class == 'citation') then
return param_val; -- and done
if is_set (deduced_class) then
end
return deduced_class, true;
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
 
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
 
]]
 
local function is_archived_copy (title)
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
return true;
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true;
end
end
elseif (naive_class ~= deduced_class) then
end
local check_list = cfg.periodical.compatibility[naive_class];
end
if is_set (check_list) then
 
if is_set (check_list['drop']) and in_array (deduced_class, check_list['drop']) then
 
A['Periodical'] = discard_parameter (periodical, origin, nil);
--[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >--------------------------------------
elseif is_set (check_list['warn']) and in_array (deduced_class, check_list['warn']) then
 
append_error ('periodical', {origin, naive_class, deduced_class, check_list['suggest']});
for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting.
When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value.  When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string,
special handling is required.
 
When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND:
the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is:
greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>)
use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value
set overridden maint category
less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>=  parameter
use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value
 
The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting
to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>.
 
]]
 
local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test)
if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then -- when both
if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names); -- convert these to numbers for comparison
local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names); -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits
 
if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed?
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
else
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control
end
end
end
end
-- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
end
-- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set
if global_display_names then
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
else
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local
end
end
return naive_class, false;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< M O D E _ S E T >--------------------------------------------------------------


Argument wrapperThis function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
fetch global mode setting from {{cs1 config}} (if present) or from |mode= (if present); global setting overrides
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
local |mode= parameter valueWhen both are present, emit maintenance message


]]
]]


local function argument_wrapper (args)
local function mode_set (Mode, Mode_origin)
local origin = {};
local mode;
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}}; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
else
mode = is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, Mode_origin, cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
end
 
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (Mode) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
end
return mode;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< Q U O T E _ M A K E >----------------------------------------------------------
 
create quotation from |quote=, |trans-quote=, and/or script-quote= with or without |quote-page= or |quote-pages=
 
when any of those three quote parameters are set, this function unsets <PostScript>.  When none of those parameters
are set, |quote-page= and |quote-pages= are unset to nil so that they are not included in the template's metadata
 
]]
 
local function quote_make (quote, trans_quote, script_quote, quote_page, quote_pages, nopp, sepc, postscript)
if utilities.is_set (quote) or utilities.is_set (trans_quote) or utilities.is_set (script_quote) then
 
if utilities.is_set (quote) then
if quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
quote = quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
end
quote = kern_quotes (quote); -- kern if needed
quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
return setmetatable ({
if utilities.is_set (script_quote) then
ORIGIN = function (self, k)
quote = script_concatenate (quote, script_quote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
end
end
},
 
{
if utilities.is_set (trans_quote) then
__index = function (tbl, k)
if trans_quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and trans_quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
if origin[k] ~= nil then
trans_quote = trans_quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
return nil;
end
end
quote = quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_quote );
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
end
 
if type (list) == 'table' then
if utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then -- add page prefix
v, origin[k] = select_one (args, list, 'redundant_parameters');
local quote_prefix = '';
if origin[k] == nil then
if utilities.is_set (quote_page) then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
extra_text_in_page_check (quote_page, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if not nopp then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_page}), '', '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then
extra_text_in_page_check (quote_pages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if tonumber(quote_pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if only digits, assume single page
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', '';
end
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
throw_error ('unknown_argument_map');
end
end
                       
-- Empty strings, not nil;
quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. quote;
if v == nil then
else
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
quote = sepc .. " " .. quote;
origin[k] = '';
end
end
 
postscript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
tbl = rawset (tbl, k, v);
return v;
elseif utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then
end,
quote_page = nil; -- unset; these require |quote=; TODO: error message?
});
quote_pages = nil;
end
 
return quote, quote_page, quote_pages, postscript;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< D O _ C I T A T I O N >---------------------------------------------------------


This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ P U B L I S H E R _ N A M E >--------------------------------------
 
look for variations of '<text>: <text>' that might be '<location>: <publisher>' in |publisher= parameter value.
when found, emit a maintenance message; return nil else
 
<publisher> is the value assigned to |publisher= or |institution=


]]
]]


local function do_citation (config, args)
local function check_publisher_name (publisher)
local patterns_t = {
'^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$', -- plain text <location>: <publisher>
'^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$', -- partially wikilinked [[<location>]]: <publisher>
'^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$', -- partially wikilinked <location>: [[<publisher>]]
'^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$', -- wikilinked [[<location>]]: [[<publisher>]]
}
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns_t) do -- spin through the patterns_t sequence
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
if mw.ustring.match (publisher, pattern) then -- does this pattern match?
utilities.set_message ('maint_publisher_location'); -- set a maint message
return; -- and done
end
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
 
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
 
]]


local function citation0( config, args )
--[[  
--[[  
Load Input Parameters
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
]]
local A = argument_wrapper (args);
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
local citation_class, did_duduction = deduce_citation_class (A, config.CitationClass);
local i


-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
------------------------------------------------- Get dates
 
local Year = A['Year'];
local author_etal;
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Authors;
local Date = A['Date'];
local NameListStyle;
local Dateorigin = A:ORIGIN ('Date');
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
else
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
end
 
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
end
 
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial?
end
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
 
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
end
end
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
end
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
 
local Title = A['Title'];
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local TitleLinkorigin = A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink');
 
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
local accept_link;
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
end
 
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
 
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
end
 
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');
 
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
local Series = A['Series'];
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical'];
local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
local ConferenceURLobject = create_url_object (A['ConferenceURL'], A:ORIGIN ('ConferenceURL'), A['ConferenceFormat'], A:ORIGIN ('ConferenceFormat'));
if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then
local ArchiveURLobject = create_url_object (A['ArchiveURL'], A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveURL'), A['ArchiveFormat'], A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveFormat'));
local param;
local URLobject = create_url_object (A['URL'], A:ORIGIN ('URL'), A['Format'], A:ORIGIN ('Format'),A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN ('UrlAccess'));
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters
local TranscriptURLobject = create_url_object (A['TranscriptURL'], A:ORIGIN ('TranscriptURL'), A['TranscriptFormat'], A:ORIGIN ('TranscriptFormat'));
Periodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
local LayURLobject = create_url_object (A['LayURL'], A:ORIGIN ('LayURL'), A['LayFormat'], A:ORIGIN ('LayFormat'));
param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then
local Volume = A['Volume'];
TransPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
local Issue = A['Issue'];
param = TransPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging
local Page = A['Page'];
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
local Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
ScriptPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
local At = A['At'];
param = ScriptPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging
end


if not in_array (citation_class, cfg.args_support['templates_using_volume']) then
if utilities.is_set (param) then -- if we found one
Volume = discard_parameter (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), nil);
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param}); -- emit an error message
end
end
end
if not in_array (citation_class, cfg.args_support['templates_using_issue']) then
 
if (A:ORIGIN ('Issue') ~= 'number') then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
Issue = discard_parameter (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), nil);
local i;
else
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
Issue = nil;
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
end
end
end
end
if in_array (citation_class, cfg.args_support['templates_not_using_page']) then
 
Page = discard_parameter (Page, A:ORIGIN ('Page'), nil);
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
Pages = discard_parameter (Pages, A:ORIGIN ('Pages'), nil);
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
At = discard_parameter (At, A:ORIGIN ('At'), nil);
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
end
 
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
end
end
 
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
-- web and news not tested for now because of
local Time = A['Time'];
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'];
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
if not in_array (citation_class, cfg.args_support['templates_involving_time']) then
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
Minutes = discard_parameter (Minutes, A:ORIGIN ('Minutes'), nil);
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
Time = discard_parameter (Time, A:ORIGIN ('Time'), nil);
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
TimeCaption = discard_parameter (TimeCaption, A:ORIGIN ('TimeCaption'), nil);
end
end
end
local Sheet = A['Sheet'];
local Volume;
local Sheets = A['Sheets'];
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
local Section = A['Section'];
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
local Sections = A['Sections'];
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
local Inset = A['Inset'];
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
if not ('map' == citation_class) then
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
Sheet = discard_parameter (Sheet, A:ORIGIN ('Sheet'), nil);
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
Sheets = discard_parameter (Sheets, A:ORIGIN ('Sheets'), nil);
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
Sections = discard_parameter (Sections, A:ORIGIN ('Sections'), nil);
end
Inset = discard_parameter (Inset, A:ORIGIN ('Inset'), nil);
else
end
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
end
--[[
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
不知道哪个“天才”想出来的点子,现行引用模板里,section一个参数多个涵义。
Volume = A['Volume'];
在书籍类引用中,section是章节名称,在地图引用中,section是地图的区域编号。
end
所以一旦知道citation_class不是地图,就可以丢弃上述几乎全部参数,
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');
唯独section参数需要留到检查章节相关参数时一并进行检查。
]]


local Chapter = '';
local Issue;
local ScriptChapter = '';
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
local TransChapter = '';
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
local ChapterURLobject;
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
local no_chapter_format = in_array (citation_class, cfg.args_support['templates_not_using_chapter_format']);
if in_array (citation_class, cfg.args_support['templates_not_using_chapter']) then
ChapterURLobject = create_url_object ();
discard_chapter (A);
if not ('map' == citation_class) then
Section = discard_parameter (Section, A:ORIGIN ('Section'), nil);
end
end
else
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
Chapter = A['Chapter'];
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
ChapterURLobject = create_url_object (A['ChapterURL'], A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL'), A['ChapterFormat'], A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat'), A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN ('ChapterUrlAccess'));
if is_set (Chapter) then
if is_set (Section) then
select_one (args, {'chapter', 'contribution', 'section'}, 'redundant_parameters');
end
else
Chapter = Section;
Section = nil;
end
end
end
end
local ArticleNumber;
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then
ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber'];
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;
local QuotePage;
local QuotePages;
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message?
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
At = A['At'];
QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);
end
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
local Mode = mode_set (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'));
-- separator character and postscript
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
local Quote;
Quote, QuotePage, QuotePages, PostScript = quote_make (A['Quote'], A['TransQuote'], A['ScriptQuote'], QuotePage, QuotePages, NoPP, sepc, PostScript);
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
local Place = A['Place'];
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = sanitized_parameter_value (A['RegistrationRequired'], A:ORIGIN ('RegistrationRequired'), 'yes_true_y', nil);
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
local SubscriptionRequired = sanitized_parameter_value (A['SubscriptionRequired'], A:ORIGIN ('SubscriptionRequired'), 'yes_true_y', nil);
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then
local i = 0;
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
end
end
local Via = A['Via'];
if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'});
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
end
local Agency = A['Agency'];
 
local DeadURL = sanitized_parameter_value (A['DeadURL'], A:ORIGIN ('DeadURL'), 'deadurl', '');
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');


local Language = A['Language'];
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
local ID = A['ID'];
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
end
local IgnoreISBN = sanitized_parameter_value (A['IgnoreISBN'], A:ORIGIN ('IgnoreISBN'), 'yes_true_y', nil);
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier


local ID_list = extract_ids (args);
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels (args, ID_list);
end


local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
if 'book' == config.CitationClass or 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local accept;
PublisherName, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (PublisherName); -- check for and remove accept-as-written markup from |publisher= wrapped
if not accept then -- when no accept-as-written markup
check_publisher_name (PublisherName); -- emit maint message when |publisher= might be prefixed with publisher's location
end
end


local no_tracking_cats = set_no_tracking_cats (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN ('NoTracking'), this_page);
local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
local Quote = A['Quote'];
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
local sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN ('Mode'), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], Quote, config.CitationClass);
UrlAccess = nil;
if is_set (Quote) and is_set (A['PostScript']) then
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
select_one (args, {'postscript', 'quote', 'quotation'}, 'redundant_parameters');
end
end
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
end


-- check for insource-location-related parameters like |page=, |pages= or |at=. 请注意section参数有歧义,如果section跟书有关系,上面已经被清空了,这里不纳入检查。
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
select_one (args, {'at', 'time', 'minutes'}, 'redundant_parameters');
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'time', 'minutes', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters');
MapUrlAccess = nil;
if is_set (Section) then
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
select_one (args, {'at', 'section', 'sections'}, 'redundant_parameters');
else
select_one (args, {'at', 'sections'}, 'redundant_parameters');
end
end
-- Dummy calls simply to get the error messages and categories
local NoPP = sanitized_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN ('NoPP'), 'yes_true_y', nil);


if is_set (Page) then
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
if is_set (Pages) or is_set (At) then
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
 
At = '';
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
end
extra_text_in_parameter_check (Page, 'page'); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
elseif is_set (Pages) then
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
if is_set (At) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
At = ''; -- unset
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
extra_text_in_parameter_check (Pages, 'page'); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category


-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
local coins_pages;
if not is_set (PublicationPlace) and is_set (Place) then
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);
 
if is_set (Edition) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
extra_text_in_parameter_check (Edition, 'edition');
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
------------------------------------------------- Get people
local NameListFormat = sanitized_parameter_value (A['NameListFormat'], A:ORIGIN ('NameListFormat'), 'name-list-format', '');
local LastAuthorAmp = sanitized_parameter_value (A['LastAuthorAmp'], A:ORIGIN ('LastAuthorAmp'), 'yes_true_y', nil);
local contributors_valid = in_array (citation_class, cfg.args_support['templates_using_contributor']);
local Authors, Contributors, Editors, Translators, Contribution, NameList, multiple_editors, has_contributors =  
get_people (
{
vauthors = A['Vauthors'], authors = A['Authors'], veditors = A['Veditors'], editors = A['Editors'], contribution = A['Contribution'], coauthors = A['Coauthors']
}, {
displayauthors = A['DisplayAuthors'], displayeditors = A['DisplayEditors'], contributorsvalid = contributors_valid,  namelistformat = NameListFormat, lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp
}, args, this_page.name
); -- (co-)authors, contributors, editors and translators
local TitleType = set_titletype (citation_class, A['TitleType']); -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
-- special case for cite thesis
local Degree = A['Degree'];
if 'thesis' == citation_class then
if (is_set (Degree)) then
TitleType = wrap_msg ('thesis with type', Degree, use_lowercase);
else
TitleType = wrap_msg ('thesis no type', 'placeholder', use_lowercase);
end
end
else
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
Degree = discard_parameter (Degree, A:ORIGIN ('Degree'), nil);
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
end
local Others = A['Others'];
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title


|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped


All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering


]]
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
]]


local Encyclopedia;
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
local Entry = A['Entry'];
local ScriptEncyclopedia = A['ScriptEncyclopedia'];
local TransEncyclopedia = A['TransEncyclopedia'];


if (citation_class == 'encyclopaedia') then -- test code for citation
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
local entry_redundant = false
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
Encyclopedia = Periodical;
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
if is_set (Periodical) then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
if is_set (Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptTitle = '';
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransTitle = '';
ChapterURLobject = URLobject;
URLobject = create_url_object ();
if not is_set (ChapterURLobject['url']) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = make_internal_link (TitleLink, Chapter, TitleLinkorigin);
end
TitleLink = '';
entry_redundant = is_set (Entry);
elseif is_set (Entry) then
Chapter = Entry;
ChapterURLobject = URLobject;
URLobject = create_url_object ();
end
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
else
if is_set (Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
entry_redundant = is_set (Entry);
else
else
Title = Entry;
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia')});
end
end
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset these because not supported by this template
ScriptEncyclopedia = nil;
TransEncyclopedia = nil;
end
end
if entry_redundant then
elseif utilities.is_set (TransEncyclopedia) then
select_one (args, {'title', 'script-title', 'article', 'entry'}, 'redundant_parameters');
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'encyclopedia'});
end
else
Entry = discard_parameter (Entry, A:ORIGIN ('Entry'), nil);
end
end
 
-- Special case for cite report.
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local Docket = A['Docket'];
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}}
if citation_class == 'report' then
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin});
if is_set (Docket) then
if is_set (ID) then
select_one (args, {'id', 'docket'}, 'redundant_parameters');
end
ID = Docket; -- for cite report when |docket= is set, overwrite ID even if |id= is set
Docket = '';
end
end
elseif citation_class ~= 'thesis' then
discard_parameter (Docket, A:ORIGIN ('Docket'), '');
end


-- Special case for cite techreport.
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then
local Num = A['Number'];
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia
if citation_class == 'techreport' then -- special case for cite techreport
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
if is_set (Num) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia;
if not is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia');
ID = Num; -- yes, use it
 
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
select_one (args, {'id', 'number'}, 'redundant_parameters');
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterFormat = Format;
 
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
end
Title = Periodical; -- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering
ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or '';
TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or '';
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
ScriptPeriodical = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or '';
TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or '';
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
ScriptPeriodical = '';
end
end
end
end
elseif not is_set (Issue) then
Num = discard_parameter (Num, A:ORIGIN ('Number'), nil);
end
end


-- special case for cite interview
-- special case for cite techreport.
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local City = A['City'];
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
local Program = A['Program'];
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
 
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
if (citation_class == 'interview') then
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
if is_set (Program) then
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
ID = ' ' .. Program;
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
end
if is_set (Callsign) then
if is_set (ID) then
ID = ID .. pend_separator (Callsign, sepc, true);
else
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
end
end
end
end
if is_set (City) then
if is_set (ID) then
ID = ID .. pend_separator (City, sepc, true);
else
ID = ' ' .. City;
end
end
 
if is_set (Others) then
Others = wrap_msg ('interview', {TitleType, Others}, use_lowercase);
TitleType = '';
end
else
Callsign = discard_parameter (Callsign, A:ORIGIN ('Callsign'), nil );
City = discard_parameter (City, A:ORIGIN ('City'), nil );
Program = discard_parameter (Program, A:ORIGIN ('Program'), nil);
end
end
if is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = wrap_msg ('type', TitleType, use_lowercase); -- display it in parentheses
end
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}} or {{cite speech}}.


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
if 'conference' == citation_class then
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
if is_set (BookTitle) then
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
ChapterURLobject = URLobject;
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
URLobject = create_url_object ();
Chapter = Title;
Chapter_origin = 'title';
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
URL_origin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
TransTitle = '';
Chapter = Title;
URL = '';
Title = BookTitle;
end
else
BookTitle = discard_parameter (BookTitle, A:ORIGIN ('BookTitle'), nil);
if 'speech' == citation_class then
TitleNote = discard_parameter (TitleNote, A:ORIGIN ('TitleNote'), TitleType);
-- override whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
TitleType = ''; -- annotate the citation
else
Conference = discard_parameter (Conference, A:ORIGIN ('Conference'), '');
-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
end
-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = A['Cartography'];
local Scale = A['Scale'];
if citation_class == 'map' then
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- controls capitalization of certain static text
-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = "";
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message
end
Chapter = A['Map'];
Chapter = A['Map'];
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ChapterURLobject = create_url_object (A['MapURL'], A:ORIGIN ('MapURL'), A['MapFormat'], A:ORIGIN ('MapFormat'), A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN ('MapUrlAccess'));
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
Cartography = pend_separator (wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase), sepc, true);
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')
Scale = pend_separator (Scale, sepc, true);
 
else
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
Cartography = discard_parameter (Cartography, A:ORIGIN ('Cartography'), '');
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Scale = discard_parameter (Scale, A:ORIGIN ('Scale'), '');
 
discard_parameter (A['Map'], A:ORIGIN ('Map'), nil);
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
discard_parameter (A['MapURL'], A:ORIGIN ('MapURL'), nil);
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
discard_parameter (A['TransMap'], A:ORIGIN ('TransMap'), nil);
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
discard_parameter (A['MapFormat'], A:ORIGIN ('MapFormat'), nil);
end
discard_parameter (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN ('MapUrlAccess'), nil);
Scale = A['Scale'];
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
end


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'episode' == citation_class or 'serial' == citation_class then
local Series = A['Series'];
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
local Network = A['Network'];
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
-- do common parameters first
if is_set (Network) then table.insert (n, Network); end
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set (Station) then table.insert (n, Station); end
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat (n, sepc .. ' ');
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if is_set (AirDate) then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
if not is_set (Date) then -- promote airdate to date
Date = AirDate;
Dateorigin = A:ORIGIN ('AirDate');
else
select_one (args, {'date', 'air-date', 'airdate'}, 'redundant_parameters');
end
end
 
if 'episode' == citation_class then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];


if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
select_one (args, {'season', 'series-number', 'series-no', 'seriesnumber', 'seriesno'}, 'redundant_parameters');
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message
-- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set (Season) then table.insert (s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert (s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set (Issue) then table.insert (s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
local ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
local ChapterLinkorigin = TitleLinkorigin;
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURLobject = URLobject;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
ChapterFormat = Format;
 
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
TitleLinkorigin = A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink');
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
Series = table.concat (s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number


if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = make_internal_link (ChapterLink, Chapter, ChapterLinkorigin);
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
-- ok to wikilink
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
Series = make_internal_link (ChapterLink, Series, ChapterLinkorigin);
-- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
end
end
URLobject = create_url_object (); -- unset
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
Format = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = make_internal_link (SeriesLink, Series, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'));
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if 'arxiv' == citation_class then
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
local Degree = A['Degree'];
append_error ('arxiv_missing', {}); -- add error message
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
Series = ''; -- unset
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local Date = A['Date'];
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local Year = A['Year'];
if utilities.is_set (Year) then
validation.year_check (Year); -- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value
end
if first_set ({AccessDate, At, URLobject['format'], Page, Pages, PublisherName, URLobject['url'], -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
append_error ('arxiv_params_not_supported', {}); -- add error message
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
end
 
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
 
--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]


AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
URLobject = create_url_object ();
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
end
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
-- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
end
local ArchiveURL;
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local archive_url_timestamp; -- timestamp from wayback machine url
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
if not is_set (Date) then
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
if is_set (Year) then
Date = Year;
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL
Dateorigin = A:ORIGIN ('Year'); -- promote Year to Date
 
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
elseif is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
Date = PublicationDate;
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
Dateorigin = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate'); -- promote PublicationDate to Date
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
PublicationDate = '';
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};
 
local error_list = {};
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
 
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;  
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
end
end
else
 
if is_set (PublicationDate) and PublicationDate ~= Date then
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('publication-date', PublicationDate, use_lowercase);
local modified = false; -- flag
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end
 
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat
modified = true;
end
 
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
end
 
if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF); -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate
end
else
else
PublicationDate = ''; -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message
end
end
end -- end of do
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others?
('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation
('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then -- {{citation}} as a book citation
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d')); -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number
if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later
utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher'); -- add maint cat
end
else -- PublisherName has a value
if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations)
PublisherName = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
end
end


local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
local anchor_year = validate_date (AccessDate, ArchiveDate, Date, DoiBroken, Embargo, LayDate, PublicationDate, Year, COinS_date, Dateorigin);
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
-- used in the CITEREF identifier
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
local ID_support = {
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
}


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS.
ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class, Year=anchor_year}, ID_support);
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --


if citation_class == 'journal' and not is_set (URLobject['url']) and is_set (ID_list['PMC']) then
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates
URLobject['url'] =cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted
URLobject['origin'] = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message
utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message
end
end
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
end
end
 
if not is_set (URLobject['url']) then
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
if in_array (citation_class, cfg.args_support['templates_requiring_url']) then
 
append_error ('cite_web_url', {});
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
end
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
if is_set (AccessDate) and not is_set (ChapterURLobject['url']) then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
append_error ('accessdate_missing_url', {});
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
AccessDate = '';
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end
 
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
end
end


-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
-- Test if citation has no title
if not is_set (Title) and
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
not is_set (TransTitle) and
utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
not is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if 'episode' == citation_class then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
append_error ('citation_missing_title', {'series'});
else
append_error ('citation_missing_title', {'title'});
end
end
end
 
if 'none' == Title and citation_class == 'journal' then -- special case for journal cites
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
end
check_for_external_link ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
['title'] = Title,
[A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')] = Chapter,
[A:ORIGIN ('Periodical')] = Periodical,
[A:ORIGIN ('PublisherName')] = PublisherName,
});


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
Line 1,523: Line 3,469:
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == citation_class then
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
end
end
 
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
-- this is the function call to COinS()
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = COinS ({
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
['Chapter'] = coins_chapter,
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['ScriptChapter'] = ScriptChapter,
['Map'] = Map,
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = coins_title,
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['ScriptTitle'] = ScriptTitle,
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron,
['Series'] = Series,
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5),
['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber,
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURLobject['url'], URLobject['url']}, 2),
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = NameList,
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
}, config.CitationClass);


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == citation_class then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = '';
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
end


-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == citation_class then
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
PublisherName = wrap_msg ('newsgroup', make_external_link ('news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN ('PublisherName')), use_lowercase);
end
end
end


local Editors;
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local contributor_etal;
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
local translator_etal;
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local Interviewers;
local interviewers_list = {};
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
local interviewer_etal;
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
do
local last_first_list;
local control = {
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
mode = Mode
};
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e);
control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param);
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list);
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param);
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
end
do -- now do translators
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t);
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param);
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
end
do -- now do contributors
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c);
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param);
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
end
do -- now do authors
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal);
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param);
last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
format_format ({ArchiveURLobject, ConferenceURLobject, URLobject, LayURLobject, TranscriptURLobject, ChapterURLobject});
end
 
end
 
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
 
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
 
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
AccessDate = '';
end
end
 
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
local OriginalURL
local OriginalURL_origin
local OriginalFormat
local OriginalAccess;
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
 
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
 
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat
end
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
 
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
 
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
 
-- Format main title
local plain_title = false;
local accept_title;
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
 
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
end
 
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
end
 
if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message
end
end
 
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
 
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
end
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
if format_url_access_text (URLobject, SubscriptionRequired, RegistrationRequired) then
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
select_one (args, {'url-access', 'urlaccess', 'registration', 'subscription'}, 'redundant_parameters');
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
end -- 只需其一
Format = "";
format_url_access_text (ChapterURLobject, nil, nil);
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
local ws_url;
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
if ws_url then
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
end
else
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
end
end
else
Title = TransTitle;
end


local OriginalURLobject; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
if utilities.is_set (Place) then
OriginalURLobject, URLobject, ChapterURLobject =
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
swap_urls (URLobject, ChapterURLobject, ArchiveURLobject, DeadURL);
end
 
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
 
local Position = '';
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
 
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
 
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
 
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
 
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
 
local Others = A['Others'];
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
end
end
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
local chapter_no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
if is_set (Contribution) and has_contributors then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords['contribution']) then -- and a generic contribution title
end
chapter_no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message
end
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
end
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURLobject, chapter_no_quotes, citation_class, TitleType, sepc);
-- Contribution is also in Chapter
-- Format main title.
Title, URLobject = format_main_title (Title, TitleLink, TitleLinkorigin, ScriptTitle, TransTitle, URLobject, no_chapter_format, citation_class, Periodical);
Place = pend_separator (wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase), sepc, false);
Conference = format_conference (Conference, ConferenceURLobject, Periodical, citation_class, sepc);
local Insource_location = format_insource_location (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, At, Minutes, Time, TimeCaption, Section, Sections, Inset, citation_class, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc


Others = pend_separator (Others, sepc, true);
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
Others = pend_separator (wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), sepc, true) .. Others;
local Agency = A['Agency'] or ''; -- |agency= is supported by {{cite magazine}}, {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}}, and certain {{citation}} templates
if utilities.is_set (Agency) then -- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'magazine', 'news', 'pressrelease', 'web'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"})) then
Agency = wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}); -- format for rendering
else
Agency = ''; -- unset; not supported
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {'agency'}); -- add error message
end
end
if 'speech' ~= citation_class then  
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
TitleNote = pend_separator (TitleNote, sepc, true);
 
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
 
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
end
Edition = wrap_msg ('edition', Edition, use_lowercase);
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
Series = pend_separator (Series, sepc, true);
OrigYear = wrap_msg ('orig year', OrigYear, use_lowercase);
local Docket = A['Docket'];
Agency = pend_separator (Agency, sepc, true);
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, citation_class, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end


------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if utilities.is_set (URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
end
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
-- a displayed postscript.
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
end
Via = wrap_msg ('via', Via, use_lowercase);
local Archived;
AccessDate = format_accessdate (AccessDate, sepc, use_lowercase);
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
ID = format_id (ID, Docket, sepc, use_lowercase);
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set
ID_list = build_id_list (ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class});
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); -- emit an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
else
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url'); -- emit an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end


local URL = '';
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
if is_set (URLobject['url']) then
local arch_text;
URL = ' ' .. make_external_link (URLobject['url'], nil, URLobject['origin']) .. URLobject['access-text'];
if "live" == UrlStatus then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
else
Archived = '';
end
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
utilities.add_prop_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
else
Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation
end
end
else -- OriginalUrl not set
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = '';
end
end
local Format = URLobject['format'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
Quote = format_quote (Quote, sepc);
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local Archived = format_archive (ArchiveURLobject, OriginalURLobject, ArchiveDate, DeadURL, sepc, use_lowercase);
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
local Lay = format_lay (LayURLobject, LayDate, LaySource, sepc, use_lowercase);
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
Transcript = format_external_link (Transcript, TranscriptURLobject, sepc);
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
local Publisher = format_publisher (PublisherName, PublicationPlace, Periodical, citation_class, sepc);
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end


local use_in = is_set (Chapter) and (not has_contributors);
local Publisher;
Authors, Editors, Contributors = format_people (Authors, Editors, Contributors, multiple_editors, use_in, sepc);
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
Periodical = format_periodical (Periodical, Title, TitleNote, sepc);
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
else
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
end
end
local Language = A['Language'];
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
else
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
 
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
TitleType = ''; -- and unset
 
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end


-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
Line 1,646: Line 4,048:
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if citation_class == 'journal' and is_set (Periodical) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
Others = pend_separator (Others, sepc, false);
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
tcommon = safe_join ({Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc);
elseif contributors_valid then -- special cases for book cites where contributors are allowed
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote}, sepc); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote}, sepc); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join ({Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc);
tcommon2 = safe_join ({TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
else
else
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc);
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
end
end
elseif 'map' == citation_class then -- special cases for cite map
 
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc);
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc);
end
end
elseif 'episode' == citation_class then -- special case for cite episode
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
 
else -- all other CS1 templates
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc);
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc);
end
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ',  table.concat (ID_list, sepc .. ' '), ID}, sepc);
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
else
ID_list = ID;
ID_list = ID;
end
end
-- LOCAL
local Via = A['Via'];
local xDate;
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
if (is_set (Periodical) and is_set (Date) and
local idcommon;
not in_array (citation_class, {'encyclopaedia', 'web'}))
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
or (in_array (citation_class, {'book', 'news'})) then
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
if in_array (citation_class, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Volume) then
else
xDate = safe_join ({Date .. ',' .. Volume, Insource_location, PublicationDate, OrigYear, AccessDate}, sepc);
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
end
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
local in_text = '';
local post_text = '';
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower(); -- lowercase for cs2
end
end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')'; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
else
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')';
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
else
xDate = safe_join ({Date, Insource_location, PublicationDate, OrigYear, AccessDate}, sepc);
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
end
Insource_location = ''
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
else
xDate = safe_join ({Date, PublicationDate, OrigYear, AccessDate}, sepc);
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
end
xDate = pend_separator (xDate, sepc, true);
-- END LOCAL


local idcommon = safe_join ({URL, xDate, ID_list, Archived, Via, Lay, Language, Quote}, sepc);
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
local text;
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
if is_set (Authors) then
if '.' == sepc then -- remove final seperator if present
if is_set (Contributors) then
text = text:gsub ('%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- dot must be escaped here
text = safe_join ({Contributors, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, Insource_location, idcommon }, sepc);
else
text = mw.ustring.gsub (text, sepc .. '$', ''); -- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character)
end
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
local options_t = {};
options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);
 
local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else
 
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist_t = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist_t = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist_t = e;
end
local citeref_id;
if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
end
else
else
text = safe_join ({Authors, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, Insource_location, idcommon }, sepc);
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
end
end
options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id;
end
if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list
z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list
OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string
text = ''; -- blank the the citation
utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category
end
local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
else
else
text = safe_join ({Editors, Chapter, Place, tcommon, Insource_location, idcommon}, sepc);
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
end
 
if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation
end
 
local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]';
local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';
 
if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));
 
table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error
 
local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
break; -- and done because no need to look further
end
end
 
z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
end
 
if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));
 
table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list
 
local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
 
if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
);
end
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
end
 
if not no_tracking_cats then
local sort_key;
local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink';
if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled
local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace; -- get namespace number for this wikitext
sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil; -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace
cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk'; -- make <cfg.messages> key
end
 
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
end
if cfg.id_limits_data_load_fail then -- boolean true when load failed
utilities.set_message ('maint_id_limit_load_fail'); -- done here because this maint cat emits no message
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); -- no sort keys
end
end
end
if is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join ({text, sepc}, sepc);  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub (1, -sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join ({text, PostScript}, sepc);


-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done
return format_citation (text, config.CitationClass, Ref, NameList, anchor_year, OCinSoutput, no_tracking_cats);
end
end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
 
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.


Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
Line 1,728: Line 4,299:
]]
]]


local function validate (name)
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
local name = tostring (name);
local name = tostring (name);
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name];
local enum_name; -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#'
local state;
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
if 'tracked' == state then
local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
return true;
end
return nil;
end
 
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
return nil;
end
-- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#'); -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=)
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1'); -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity
 
if 'document' == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}}
state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
return false;
end
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
end -- if here, fall into general validation
 
state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
 
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
 
return value as is else
 
]=]
 
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
local _;
-- Normal arguments
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message
if false == state then
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
end
return true;
return value;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 
]]
 
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
 
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
]]
 
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
if 'number' == type (param) then
return;
end
end
-- Arguments with numbers in them
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
name = name:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[name];
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------


This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ T W L _ U R L >--------------------------------------------------------
 
look for The Wikipedia Library urls in url-holding parameters.  TWL urls are accessible for readers who are not
active extended confirmed Wikipedia editors.  This function emits an error message when such urls are discovered.
 
looks for: '.wikipedialibrary.idm.oclc.org'


]]
]]


function citation (frame)
local function has_twl_url (url_params_t)
local pframe = frame:getParent();
local url_error_t = {}; -- sequence of url-holding parameters that have a TWL url
local module_path = 'Module:Citation/CS1/'
local module_suffix = frame:getTitle():gsub ('^Module:Citation/CS1', '');  
load_modules (module_path, module_suffix);
for param, value in pairs (url_params_t) do
if value:find ('%.wikipedialibrary%.idm%.oclc%.org') then -- has the TWL base url?
table.insert (url_error_t, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param)); -- add parameter name to the list
end
end
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
table.sort (url_error_t);
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_twl_url', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message
return true;
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------
 
look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
]]
 
local function has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t)
local url_error_t = {};
local args = {};
check_for_url (non_url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check
local suggestions = {};
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
local error_reported = false;
table.sort (url_error_t);
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< _ C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Module entry point
 
frame – from template call (citation()); may be nil when called from another module
args – table of all cs1|2 parameters in the template (the template frame)
config – table of template-supplied parameter (the #invoke frame)
 
]]
 
local function _citation (frame, args, config) -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
if not frame then
frame = mw.getCurrentFrame(); -- if called from another module, get a frame for frame-provided functions
end
-- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here)
local sandbox = ((config.SandboxPath and '' ~= config.SandboxPath) and config.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}}
is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module?
sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else
 
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox);
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox);
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox);
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox);
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox);
 
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));


local config = {};
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
for k, v in pairs (frame.args) do
local error_text; -- used as a flag
config[k] = v;
args[k] = v;  
end


local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
for k, v in pairs (pframe.args) do
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
for k, v in pairs( args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
if v ~= '' then
if v ~= '' then
if not validate (k) then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
error_reported = false;
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
if type (k) ~= 'string' then
end
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
if v:match ('%S+') ~= nil then
if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
append_error ('text_ignored', {v});
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_reported = true;
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
end
end
elseif validate (k:lower()) then  
elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then  
append_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()});
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
error_reported = true;
else
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
suggestions = mw.loadData (module_path .. 'Suggestions' .. module_suffix);
suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
param = substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
append_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param});
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
-- set the error message
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message
error_reported = true;
else
break;
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
end
end
if not error_reported then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
if suggestions.suggestions[k:lower()] ~= nil then
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
append_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[k:lower()]});
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
error_reported = true;
else
else
append_error ('parameter_ignored', {k});
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
error_reported = true;
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end
end
end
end  
end
 
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
 
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
end
end
args[k] = v;
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
args[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
end
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
end
end
local error_msg;
 
for k, v in pairs (args) do
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
});
end
 
local non_url_param_t = {}; -- table of parameters and values that are not url-holding parameters
local url_param_t = {}; -- table of url-holding paramters and their values
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
error_msg = has_invisible_chars (k, v);
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
if is_set (error_msg) then
end
append_error ('invisible_char', error_msg);
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
 
if 'string' == type (k) then -- when parameter k is not positional
if not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- and not in url skip table
non_url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
else -- and is in url skip table (a url-holding parameter)
url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list to check for values that are The Wikipedia Library url
end
end
end
end
end
end
return do_citation (config, args)
 
has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong
if has_twl_url (url_param_t) then -- look for url-holding parameters that hold a The Wikipedia Library url
args['url-access'] = 'subscription';
end
return table.concat ({
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src='Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css'}),
citation0( config, args)
});
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
Template entry point
 
]]
 
local function citation (frame)
local config_t = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
local args_t = frame:getParent().args; -- get template's preset parameters
 
for k, v in pairs (frame.args) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
config_t[k] = v;
-- args_t[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
end
return _citation (frame, args_t, config_t)
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]
]]


return {citation = citation};
return {
citation = citation, -- template entry point
_citation = _citation, -- module entry point
}

Latest revision as of 12:17, 23 April 2025

require ('strict');

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------

each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit

]]

local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >---------------

declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here

]]

local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered local added_numeric_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered local added_numeric_name_maint; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module) local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_vanc_error (source, position) if added_vanc_errs then return end

added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position}); end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a

  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also Single-letter second-level domain list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end

domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once

if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end

if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource return false; end

local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix '%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) '%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) '%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars) '%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD '^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address '[%a%d]+%:?' -- IPv6 address }

for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list if domain:match (pattern) then return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL end end

for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then return true end end return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain) if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative end end


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes like news: that don't use authority indicator?

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain;

url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions if utilities.is_set (authority) then authority = authority:gsub ('//', , 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end else if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test? return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end

return scheme, domain; end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs

Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end

scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists

check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code and must begin with a colon.

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix

if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon orig = lorig; -- flag as error end end end

if utilities.is_set (orig) then link = ; -- unset utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end

return link; -- link if ok, empty string else end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]

local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL return false; end local scheme, domain;

scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;

if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end

return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[1]] is possible as might be en://Hus.

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain;

if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[2]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [3] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('^//%S+') or value:match ('%s//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; authority indicator (//) must be be preceded nothing or by whitespace scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL end

return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list) for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); end end end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {}); end

return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '[', [']'] = ']', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link (URL, label, source, access) local err_msg = ; local domain; local path; local base_url;

if not utilities.is_set (label) then label = URL; if utilities.is_set (source) then utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); else error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter end end if not check_url (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); end

domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble end

base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL

if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon end

return base_url; end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.

added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message end end


--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.

This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.

Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a D style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple D wikilinks.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.

]=]

local function kern_quotes (str) local cap = ; local wl_type, label, link;

wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, D; 2, D

if 1 == wl_type then -- D simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); end

else -- plain text or D; text in label variable label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)

cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap); end

cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap); end

if 2 == wl_type then str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in ... tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=

]]

local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param) local lang=; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not utilities.is_set (lang) then utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message return ; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang}) else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message lang = ; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message end script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL

return script_value; end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in tags.

]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) if utilities.is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error if utilities.is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{

 #if: 

|Template:Citation/patent |{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=citation |separator=, |ref=harv |postscript= }} }} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text else return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end


--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------

Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate label; nil else.

str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=

]]

local function wikisource_url_make (str) local wl_type, D, L; local ws_url, ws_label; local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});

wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)

if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: Wikisource:ws article str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: displayed text (D) str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink }); end end

if ws_url then ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker end

return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil end


--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------

Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.

]]

local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)

if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = ; -- to be safe for concatenation else periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style end

periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); if utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical periodical = trans_periodical; utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); end end

return periodical; end


--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link if ws_url then ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters chapter = ws_label; end

if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = ; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end

chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate elseif ws_url then chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); end

if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter); if utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter; else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = trans_chapter; chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param> utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source}); end end

return chapter; end


--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup().

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found

capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters return; end

for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern

if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}? position = nil; -- unset position end end

if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) ('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name; else err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character'; end

utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end end end


--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------

Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper ( args ) local origin = {};

return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function ( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end

local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];

if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k); end

-- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = ; origin[k] = ; end

tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: YYYY-MM-DD. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: DD MMMM YYYY or MMMM DD, YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date) local cap = ; local cap2 = ;

if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);

elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end

return date; end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if utilities.is_set (title_type) then if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then title_type = ; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end

return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character' if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions f.gsub = string.gsub f.match = string.match f.sub = string.sub else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub f.match = mw.ustring.match f.sub = mw.ustring.sub end

local str = ; -- the output string local comp = ; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ; end

if str == then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= then if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (string -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.? trim = false; end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. ""; -- remove them and add back elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]] trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc] trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both end end

if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it

value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup else value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string end end return str; end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------

returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9. Puncutation not allowed.

]]

local function is_suffix (suffix) if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end


--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------

For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this so editors may/must.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets C0 Controls and Basic Latin 0041–005A, 0061–007A C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF Latin Extended-A 0100–017F Latin Extended-B 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code.

\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position) if not suffix then if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix end end if utilities.is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position); return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials (first, position) if first:find (',', 1, true) then return first; -- commas not allowed; abandon end

local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");

if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials? end

if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word

local initials_t, names_t = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials

names_t = mw.text.split (first, '[%s%-]+'); -- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix

while names_t[i] do -- loop through the sequence if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub ('%.', ); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names_t[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials_t, ' ' .. names_t[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials_t, mw.ustring.sub (names_t[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials sequence end i = i + 1; -- bump the counter end

return table.concat (initials_t); -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end


--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >----------------------------------

extract interwiki prefixen from <value>. Returns two one or two values: false – no prefixen nil – prefix exists but not recognized project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of: :<project>:<language>:<article> :<language>:<project>:<article> project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix

accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and v (wikiversity)) are not supported.

]]

local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link) if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later end

local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen '^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes '^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes '^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix '^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix }

local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen '^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes '^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes '^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix '^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix }

local cap1, cap2; for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern); if cap1 then break; -- found a match so stop looking end end

if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed) if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language: if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language end else -- here when :language:project: if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language end end return nil; -- unknown interwiki language elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil? return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1 if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language end end end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------

Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)

names in the list will be linked when |<name>-link= has a value |<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been rendered previously so should have been linked there

when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered

]]

local function list_people (control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format; local maximum = control.maximum; local name_list = {};

if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling? sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end

if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names

for i, person in ipairs (people) do if utilities.is_set (person.last) then local mask = person.mask; local one; local sep_one = sep;

if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; end

if mask then local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else if n then one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("—", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil else one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator) sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator end else one = person.last; -- get surname local first = person.first -- get given name if utilities.is_set (first) then if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end end if utilities.is_set (person.link) then one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor end

if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement) local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat? end if proj then local proj_name = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project if proj_name then one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj_name); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name utilities.add_prop_cat ('interproj-linked-name', proj); -- categorize it; <proj> is sort key tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language end end if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat? end if tag then local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name utilities.add_prop_cat ('interwiki-linked-name', tag); -- categorize it; <tag> is sort key end end

table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator end end end

local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if 0 < count then if 1 < count and not etal then if 'amp' == format then name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text elseif 'and' == format then if 2 == count then name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text else name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text end end end name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator end

local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al. end

return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only) end


--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year.

]]

local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end


--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------

construct tag class attribute for this citation.

<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template <mode> – value from |mode= parameter

]]

local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode) local class_t = {}; table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight if 'citation' ~= cite_class then table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript else table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript end for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript end

return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done end


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------

Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)

if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration

for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name name = name:gsub (pattern, ); -- remove the offending text etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added end end end end

return name, etal; end


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------

Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters.

Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters.

This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template. Does not emit both error and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name) local patterns = { '^%D+%d', -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters '^%D*%d+%D+', -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters }

if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias); -- add an error message added_numeric_name_errs = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one error message return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon end

if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template added_numeric_name_maint = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon end end end end


--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------

Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped" semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities. If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.

Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says that the generational suffix does not take a separator character). Titles, degrees, postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation.

<name> – name parameter value <list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc <limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names

returns nothing

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit) local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps; limit = limit and limit or 1; if utilities.is_set (name) then _, commas = name:gsub (',', ); -- count the number of commas _, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ); -- count the number of semicolons -- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in -- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the -- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add -- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new -- entities _, nbsps = name:gsub (' ',); -- count nbsps

-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per   entity, so subtract nbsps -- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added, -- they also can be subtracted. if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message end end end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------

Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call. <item> can have on of two values: 'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc 'generic_titles' – for |title=

There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the 'reject' test. For example, |author=Smith, John would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening. Accept tests are always performed before reject tests.

Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local']) that each can hold a test sequence table The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index [2], a boolean control value. The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true) or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.

Returns true when a reject test finds the pattern or string false when an accept test finds the pattern or string nil else

]=]

local function is_generic (item, value, wiki) local test_val; local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.lower, ['local'] = mw.ustring.lower, } local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.find, ['local'] = mw.ustring.find, }

local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched end

local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second

for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do if generic_value[wiki] then if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else end end end end end end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------

calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the parameter name used in error messaging

]]

local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias) if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message added_generic_name_errs = true; end end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------

This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.

]]

local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias) local accept_name;

if utilities.is_set (last) then last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>

if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end end

if utilities.is_set (first) then first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>

if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0); -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first); if 0 ~= wl_type then first = D; utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias); end end

return last, first; -- done end


--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------

Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging while true do last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );

if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only end end

if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? link = nil; -- unset so we don't link link_alias = nil; end end

last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks

if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', { first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form }); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first local result; link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup

if first then link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup end

names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end

return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------

attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.

This function looks for: <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}

<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize. Strip all script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}

on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil

]]

local function name_tag_get (lang_param) local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables local name; local tag;

name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2]; -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn end return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc> end

tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag> end

if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag end

name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name

if name then return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name> end

tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag

if tag then return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag> end

tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else

if tag then name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag> if name then return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag end end end


--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with optional space characters.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang) local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=

local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name

names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list

for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase

if utilities.is_set (tag) then lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag

if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag) utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template? end elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it end else name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end

table.insert (language_list, name); name = ; -- so we can reuse it end

name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list); if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English' return ; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end


--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------

Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode. Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default. In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'. In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.

]]

local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode) if utilities.is_set(postscript) then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end else postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode]; end return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript; end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------

Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the

  1. invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.

]]

local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); elseif 'cs1' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); elseif 'citation' == cite_class then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); else sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); end

if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style if 'cs2' == mode or ('cs1' ~= mode and 'citation' == cite_class) then -- {{

 #if: 

|Template:Citation/patent |{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=citation |separator=, |ref=harv |postscript= }} }} should not emit maint message utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end postscript = ; end

return sep, postscript end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------

Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions used by MediaWiki:Common.css when applying the PDF icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035'); end


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------

Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if utilities.is_set (format) then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not utilities.is_set (url) then utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF else format = ; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end


--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal

This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but not when <max> comes from Template:Cs1 config global settings. When using global settings, <param> is set to the keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error. Error is suppressed because it is to be expected that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in Template:Cs1 config.

]]

local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param) if utilities.is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", ) then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; end else -- not a valid keyword or number utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end

return max, etal; end


--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------

Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a digit bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name) if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------

Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator. Applies to both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem= and |issue=.

For |volume=: 'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so are allowed.

For |issue=: 'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed numero sign U+2116.

Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.

<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value <name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message <selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=

sets error message on failure; returns nothing

]]

local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector) if not utilities.is_set (val) then return; end

local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue'; val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case

for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do -- spin through the sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end


--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked

|vauthors=Jones AB, White EB, ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

]=]

local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local _, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (vparam); if accept then utilities.add_prop_cat ('vanc-accept'); -- add properties category end local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder

local i = 1;

while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses local name = name_table[i]; i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses break; -- and done reassembling so end i = i + 1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, D; 2, D table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink D else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or D; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i + 1; end return output_table; end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.

This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false;

vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas

for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do first = ; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor local accept_name; v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>

if accept_name then last = v_name; corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix

if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix if not utilities.is_set (last) then first = ; -- unset last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i); end if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials end else last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end

if utilities.is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if utilities.is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, , nil, i); end end

link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest; |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst = true; end

if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message end

if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value specified by ret_val.

TODO: explain <invert>

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert) if not utilities.is_set (value) then return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok end

if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table return value; -- return <value> as it is else utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message return ret_val; end end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list end end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]

local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then return ; end

-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets() local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);

local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits? local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?

if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters? utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat end

if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting local vol = ;

if utilities.is_set (volume) then if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold else -- four or fewer characters vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold end end vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or ) vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or ) return vol; end

if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end

if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower); end end

-- all other types of citation if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if utilities.is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return , , wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ; else return , , wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ; end elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return , , , wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return , , , wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end

local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);

if utilities.is_set (page) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), , , ; elseif not nopp then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), , , ; else return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), , , ; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), , , ; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return , utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), , ; elseif not nopp then return , utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), , ; else return , utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), , ; end end

return , , , ; -- return empty strings end


--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------

returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.

If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it?

TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;

TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned to a new name)?

]]

local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at) local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)

if utilities.is_set (page) then if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then pages = ; -- unset the others at = ; end extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if utilities.is_set (at) then at = ; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (at) then ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); coins_pages = ws_label; end end

return page, pages, at, coins_pages; end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------

add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value

]]

local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date) if utilities.is_set (archive) then if archive == url or archive == c_url then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message return , ; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url= end end

return archive, date; end


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. WP:ELNO discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL |archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified archive URL: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and archive.today). The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date= matches the timestamp in the archive url.

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL

timestamp = url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/') or -- get timestamp from archive.today urls url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%-%d%d%d%d%d%d)/'); -- this timestamp needs cleanup if timestamp then -- if this was an archive.today url ... return url, date, timestamp:gsub ('[%.%-]', ); -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp (dots and dashes removed) from |archive-url=, and done end -- here for archive.org urls if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end

if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; if '*' ~= flag then local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY) if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year) replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display end end elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; else return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url= end end -- if here, something not right so utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and

if is_preview_mode then return url, date, timestamp; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url= else return , ; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end end


--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------

check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)

returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits

]]

local function place_check (param_val) if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted return param_val; -- return that empty state end

if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat end

return param_val; -- and done end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------

compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else

]]

local function is_archived_copy (title) title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' return true; elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script return true; end end end


--[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >--------------------------------------

for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting. When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value. When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string, special handling is required.

When Template:Cs1 config has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND: the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is: greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>) use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value set overridden maint category less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value

The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>.

]]

local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test) if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then -- when both if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", ) then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names); -- convert these to numbers for comparison local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names); -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits

if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed? utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) else return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control end end -- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) end -- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set if global_display_names then return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) else return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local end end


--[[--------------------------< M O D E _ S E T >--------------------------------------------------------------

fetch global mode setting from Template:Cs1 config (if present) or from |mode= (if present); global setting overrides local |mode= parameter value. When both are present, emit maintenance message

]]

local function mode_set (Mode, Mode_origin) local mode; if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then -- global setting in Template:Cs1 config; nil when empty or assigned value invalid mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax else mode = is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, Mode_origin, cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ); end

if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (Mode) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message end return mode; end


--[[--------------------------< Q U O T E _ M A K E >----------------------------------------------------------

create quotation from |quote=, |trans-quote=, and/or script-quote= with or without |quote-page= or |quote-pages=

when any of those three quote parameters are set, this function unsets <PostScript>. When none of those parameters are set, |quote-page= and |quote-pages= are unset to nil so that they are not included in the template's metadata

]]

local function quote_make (quote, trans_quote, script_quote, quote_page, quote_pages, nopp, sepc, postscript) if utilities.is_set (quote) or utilities.is_set (trans_quote) or utilities.is_set (script_quote) then

if utilities.is_set (quote) then if quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks quote = quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end end

quote = kern_quotes (quote); -- kern if needed quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', quote ); -- wrap in ... tags

if utilities.is_set (script_quote) then quote = script_concatenate (quote, script_quote, 'script-quote'); -- tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped end

if utilities.is_set (trans_quote) then if trans_quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and trans_quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks trans_quote = trans_quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end quote = quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_quote ); end

if utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then -- add page prefix local quote_prefix = ; if utilities.is_set (quote_page) then extra_text_in_page_check (quote_page, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if not nopp then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_page}), , , ; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_page}), , , ; end elseif utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then extra_text_in_page_check (quote_pages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if tonumber(quote_pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if only digits, assume single page quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), , ; elseif not nopp then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), , ; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_pages}), , ; end end

quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. quote; else quote = sepc .. " " .. quote; end

postscript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set

elseif utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then quote_page = nil; -- unset; these require |quote=; TODO: error message? quote_pages = nil; end

return quote, quote_page, quote_pages, postscript; end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ P U B L I S H E R _ N A M E >--------------------------------------

look for variations of '<text>: <text>' that might be '<location>: <publisher>' in |publisher= parameter value. when found, emit a maintenance message; return nil else

<publisher> is the value assigned to |publisher= or |institution=

]]

local function check_publisher_name (publisher) local patterns_t = { '^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$', -- plain text <location>: <publisher> '^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$', -- partially wikilinked [[<location>]]: <publisher> '^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$', -- partially wikilinked <location>: [[<publisher>]] '^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$', -- wikilinked [[<location>]]: [[<publisher>]] }

for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns_t) do -- spin through the patterns_t sequence if mw.ustring.match (publisher, pattern) then -- does this pattern match? utilities.set_message ('maint_publisher_location'); -- set a maint message return; -- and done end end end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args ) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper ( args ); local i

-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things.

local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListStyle; if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then -- global setting in Template:Cs1 config overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax else NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ); end

if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message end

local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial? end if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end

local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=

do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= end end

local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter'); local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s) if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs

if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=

if 0 < #c then if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end

local Title = A['Title']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];

local auto_select = ; -- default is auto local accept_link; TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later TitleLink = ; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty end

TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set

local Section = ; -- Template:Cite map only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in Template:Cite map Chapter = ; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present end

local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');

if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then local param; if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters Periodical = ; -- unset because not valid {{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=book }} or Template:Cite encyclopedia parameters param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then TransPeriodical = ; -- unset because not valid {{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=book }} or Template:Cite encyclopedia parameters param = TransPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then ScriptPeriodical = ; -- unset because not valid {{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=book }} or Template:Cite encyclopedia parameters param = ScriptPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging end

if utilities.is_set (param) then -- if we found one utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param}); -- emit an error message end end

if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then local i; Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}); end end

if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for Template:Cite mailing list if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}); end

Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is Template:Cite mailing list Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList'); end

-- web and news not tested for now because of -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter -- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message if p[config.CitationClass] then utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}); end end

local Volume; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{

 #if: 

|Template:Citation/patent |{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=citation |separator=, |ref=harv |postscript= }} }} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{

 #if: 

|Template:Citation/patent |{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=citation |separator=, |ref=harv |postscript= }} }} does not render volume for |script-website= Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end else Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings Volume = A['Volume']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');

local Issue; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{

 #if: 

|Template:Citation/patent |{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=citation |separator=, |ref=harv |postscript= }} }} may render |issue= when these parameters are used Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{

 #if: 

|Template:Citation/patent |{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=citation |separator=, |ref=harv |postscript= }} }} listed here because included in settings table if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); end end

local ArticleNumber;

if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber']; end

extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');

local Page; local Pages; local At; local QuotePage; local QuotePages; if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message? Page = A['Page']; Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); At = A['At']; QuotePage = A['QuotePage']; QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']); end

local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

local Mode = mode_set (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'));

-- separator character and postscript local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass); local Quote; Quote, QuotePage, QuotePages, PostScript = quote_make (A['Quote'], A['TransQuote'], A['ScriptQuote'], QuotePage, QuotePages, NoPP, sepc, PostScript);

local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace')); local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));

local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then local i = 0; PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}); end end

if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'}); end

local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');

if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}); end

PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS end

if 'book' == config.CitationClass or 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then local accept; PublisherName, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (PublisherName); -- check for and remove accept-as-written markup from |publisher= wrapped if not accept then -- when no accept-as-written markup check_publisher_name (PublisherName); -- emit maint message when |publisher= might be prefixed with publisher's location end end

local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL? local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);

if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url'); end

local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', )}); end

local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then MapUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}); end

local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids? no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

local coins_pages;

Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);

if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same end elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end

if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ; end -- don't need both if they are the same

local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter'); local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];

--[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering |encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering

|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped |url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified

]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS local ScriptEncyclopedia = A['ScriptEncyclopedia']; local TransEncyclopedia = A['TransEncyclopedia'];

if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than Template:Cite encyclopedia or {{

 #if: 

|Template:Citation/patent |{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=citation |separator=, |ref=harv |postscript= }} }} if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}); else utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia')}); end Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset these because not supported by this template ScriptEncyclopedia = nil; TransEncyclopedia = nil; end elseif utilities.is_set (TransEncyclopedia) then utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'encyclopedia'}); end

if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{

 #if: 

|Template:Citation/patent |{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=citation |separator=, |ref=harv |postscript= }} }} only; Periodical not allowed in Template:Cite encyclopedia utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin}); end

if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{

 #if: 

|Template:Citation/patent |{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=citation |separator=, |ref=harv |postscript= }} }} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia'); ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia; ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia');

if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterFormat = Format;

if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; -- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ; TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ; Periodical = ; -- redundant so unset ScriptPeriodical = ; URL = ; Format = ; TitleLink = ; end elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ; TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ; Periodical = ; -- redundant so unset ScriptPeriodical = ; end end end

-- special case for cite techreport. local ID = A['ID']; if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}); end end end

-- Account for the oddity that is Template:Cite conference, before generation of COinS data. local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local Conference = A['Conference']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle'); if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; Chapter_origin = 'title'; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; URL_origin = ; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin; Title = BookTitle; Format = ; -- TitleLink = ; TransTitle = ; URL = ; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end

local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- controls capitalization of certain static text

-- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ; if config.CitationClass == "map" then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message end Chapter = A['Map']; Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map'); ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')

ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];

Cartography = A['Cartography']; if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end

-- Account for the oddities that are Template:Cite episode and Template:Cite serial, before generation of COinS data. local Series = A['Series']; if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];

SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set

local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');

if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly Template:Cite episode local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter

Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link= TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterFormat = Format;

Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ; -- unset TransTitle = ; ScriptTitle = ; Format = ;

else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of Template:Cite episode stuff

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); end end

if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end

-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. local Date = A['Date'];

	local Date_origin;															-- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging

local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local Year = A['Year'];

if utilities.is_set (Year) then validation.year_check (Year); -- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value end

if not utilities.is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ; -- unset, no longer needed Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter end else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging end

if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

--[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]]

local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ); if not utilities.is_set (DF) then DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by Template:Use xxx date template end

local ArchiveURL; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; local archive_url_timestamp; -- timestamp from wayback machine url

ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');

ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL

local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = { ['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, ['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, ['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin}, ['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, ['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, ['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, };

local error_list = {}; anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);

if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list); end

if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty local modified = false; -- flag

if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate end

if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end

-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat modified = true; end

if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val; Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val; end

if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF); -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate end else utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message end end -- end of do

if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or -- {{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=book }}, Template:Cite encyclopedia; TODO: Template:Cite conference and others? ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or -- {{

 #if: 

|Template:Citation/patent |{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=citation |separator=, |ref=harv |postscript= }} }} as an encylopedia citation ('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then -- {{

 #if: 

|Template:Citation/patent |{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=citation |separator=, |ref=harv |postscript= }} }} as a book citation if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d')); -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher'); -- add maint cat end else -- PublisherName has a value if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations) PublisherName = ; -- unset end end end end

local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier

local ID_support = { {A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')}, {DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, {Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, }

ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class, Year=anchor_year}, ID_support);

-- Account for the oddities that are Template:Cite arxiv, Template:Cite biorxiv, Template:Cite citeseerx, Template:Cite medrxiv, Template:Cite ssrn, before generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message end

Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; end

-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free

if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled

	 		if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then						-- manual selection

URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link

				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1];	-- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=

elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi']; URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1]; end

	 	end

if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message AccessDate = ; -- unset end

if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message ArchiveURL = ; -- unset end end end

-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}); end

if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and ('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites Title = ; -- set title to empty string utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end

-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{

 #if: 

|Template:Citation/patent |{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=citation |separator=, |ref=harv |postscript= }} }}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap

local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end

-- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({ ['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS ['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron, ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber, ['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass);

-- Account for the oddities that are Template:Cite arxiv, Template:Cite biorxiv, Template:Cite citeseerx, Template:Cite medrxiv, and Template:Cite ssrn AFTER generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end

-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); end

local Editors; local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local contributor_etal; local Translators; -- assembled translators name list local translator_etal; local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local Interviewers; local interviewers_list = {}; interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters local interviewer_etal;

-- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set mode = Mode };

do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e); control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param);

Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);

if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list); control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param);

Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); end do -- now do translators local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t); control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param);

Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); end do -- now do contributors local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c); control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param);

Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); end do -- now do authors local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal); control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param);

last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);

if utilities.is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do

if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end

end

local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');

-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end

if not utilities.is_set (URL) then if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist ('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{

 #if: 

|Template:Citation/patent |{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=citation |separator=, |ref=harv |postscript= }} }} with |website= or |script-website= utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url'); end

-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); AccessDate = ; end end

local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ); local OriginalURL local OriginalURL_origin local OriginalFormat local OriginalAccess; UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=

if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ; -- swap in archive's format ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;

if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end end elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set

		utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status');								-- add maint cat

end

if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin; else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end

if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message Chapter = ; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ; ChapterURL = ; ScriptChapter = ; ChapterFormat = ; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end

Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' '; elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end

-- Format main title local plain_title = false; local accept_title; Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title> if accept_title and ( == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())" Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message -- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting ScriptTitle = ; -- just mute for now TransTitle = ; -- just mute for now

		plain_title = true;														-- suppress text decoration for descriptive title

utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end

if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title= Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (Allium canadense L.) Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters end

if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title end

if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message end end

if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above) Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end

if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then if utilities.is_set (Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'}); end end

if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs? if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both TitleLink = ; -- unset end

if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format; URL = ; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then local ws_url; ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here if ws_url then Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle; end else local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = Title .. TransTitle; end end else Title = TransTitle; end

if utilities.is_set (Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end

local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL if utilities.is_set (Conference) then if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end

local Position = ; if not utilities.is_set (Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time'];

if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if utilities.is_set (Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ; end

Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);

At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier local Inset = A['Inset'];

if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end

if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end

local Others = A['Others']; if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm') else utilities.set_message ('maint_others'); end end Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";

if utilities.is_set (Translators) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end

local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn. utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ; end

Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum local Agency = A['Agency'] or ; -- |agency= is supported by Template:Cite magazine, Template:Cite news, Template:Cite press release, {{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=web }}, and certain {{

 #if: 

|Template:Citation/patent |{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=citation |separator=, |ref=harv |postscript= }} }} templates if utilities.is_set (Agency) then -- this testing done here because {{

 #if: 

|Template:Citation/patent |{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=citation |separator=, |ref=harv |postscript= }} }} supports 'news' citations if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'magazine', 'news', 'pressrelease', 'web'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"})) then Agency = wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}); -- format for rendering else Agency = ; -- unset; not supported utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {'agency'}); -- add error message end end

Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);

if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text

AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end

if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end

local Docket = A['Docket'];

  	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then

ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID; end

  	if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then		-- for cite report when |docket= is set

ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end

if utilities.is_set (URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess ); end

-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by -- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't -- a displayed postscript. -- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable? -- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern? if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript') end

local Archived; if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); -- emit an error message ArchiveURL = ; -- empty string for concatenation ArchiveDate = ; -- empty string for concatenation end else if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url'); -- emit an error message ArchiveURL = ; -- empty string for concatenation ArchiveDate = ; -- empty string for concatenation end end

if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then local arch_text; if "live" == UrlStatus then arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'], {external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); else Archived = ; end if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); Archived = ; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else utilities.add_prop_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled else Archived = ; -- unset for concatenation end end else -- OriginalUrl not set utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); Archived = ; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = ; end

local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end

local Publisher; if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end

-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); else Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); end end

local Language = A['Language']; if utilities.is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc. else Language=; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end

--[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event= TitleType = ; -- and unset

if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end

-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set

if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc. tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote}, sepc); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join ({TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc); else tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc); end

elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join ({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc); end

elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);

else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc); end

if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end

local Via = A['Via']; Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ; local idcommon; if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc ); else idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc ); end

local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;

local OrigDate = A['OrigDate']; OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or ; if utilities.is_set (Date) then if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if utilities.is_set (Authors) then if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Editors) then local in_text = ; local post_text = ; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower(); -- lowercase for cs2 end end if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')'; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case else post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')'; end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc. local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then if utilities.is_set (Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end

if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc. if '.' == sepc then -- remove final seperator if present text = text:gsub ('%' .. sepc .. '$', ); -- dot must be escaped here else text = mw.ustring.gsub (text, sepc .. '$', ); -- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character) end end

text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

-- Now enclose the whole thing in a element local options_t = {}; options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);

local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else

if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ] then local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist_t = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist_t = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist_t = e; end local citeref_id; if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or ) then -- Ref may already be encoded (by Template:Sfnref) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default'); end else citeref_id = ; -- unset end options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id; end

if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', )) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains; z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string text = ; -- blank the the citation utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category end

local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation

if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in ... tags table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist else table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty end

if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation end

local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass); local template_link = '' .. template_name .. ''; local msg_prefix = 'Template:' .. template link .. ': ';

if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));

table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping and tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error

local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix break; -- and done because no need to look further end end

z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering end

if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));

table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list

local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages

if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery end

for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'}) ); end table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save end

if not no_tracking_cats then local sort_key; local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink'; if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace; -- get namespace number for this wikitext sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil; -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk'; -- make <cfg.messages> key end

for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key})); end if cfg.id_limits_data_load_fail then -- boolean true when load failed utilities.set_message ('maint_id_limit_load_fail'); -- done here because this maint cat emits no message end for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key})); end for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); -- no sort keys end end

return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------

Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters

]]

local function validate (name, cite_class, empty) local name = tostring (name); local enum_name; -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#' local state; local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'tracked' == state then local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key> return true; end return nil; end

if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted return nil; end -- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#'); -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=) enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1'); -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity

if 'document' == cite_class then -- special case for Template:Cite document state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

return false; end

if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates

if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end end -- if here, fall into general validation

state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end


--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------

check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code. when these values have the form (without leading colon): [[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text [[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text

return value as is else

]=]

local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value) local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists local _;

if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message _, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink end return value; end


--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made: Template:Cite ... -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name Template:Cite ... -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki) cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.

capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter); end end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------

look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) if 'number' == type (param) then return; end

param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize if cfg.punct_skip[param] then return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done end

if value:match ('[,;:]$') then utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ... utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ T W L _ U R L >--------------------------------------------------------

look for The Wikipedia Library urls in url-holding parameters. TWL urls are accessible for readers who are not active extended confirmed Wikipedia editors. This function emits an error message when such urls are discovered.

looks for: '.wikipedialibrary.idm.oclc.org'

]]

local function has_twl_url (url_params_t) local url_error_t = {}; -- sequence of url-holding parameters that have a TWL url

for param, value in pairs (url_params_t) do if value:find ('%.wikipedialibrary%.idm%.oclc%.org') then -- has the TWL base url? table.insert (url_error_t, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param)); -- add parameter name to the list end end if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors table.sort (url_error_t); utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_twl_url', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message return true; end end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------

look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t) local url_error_t = {};

check_for_url (non_url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors table.sort (url_error_t); utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message end end


--[[--------------------------< _ C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------------

Module entry point

frame – from template call (citation()); may be nil when called from another module args – table of all cs1|2 parameters in the template (the template frame) config – table of template-supplied parameter (the #invoke frame)

]]

local function _citation (frame, args, config) -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode if not frame then frame = mw.getCurrentFrame(); -- if called from another module, get a frame for frame-provided functions end -- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here) local sandbox = ((config.SandboxPath and ~= config.SandboxPath) and config.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}} is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module? sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else

cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox);

utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('237'));

local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text; -- used as a flag

local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing for k, v in pairs( args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string if v ~= then if ('string' == type (k)) then k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 end if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v}); end elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message else error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template v = ; -- unset end end end if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion? if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}); else utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); v = ; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end end

args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value

elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter k = ( == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list end -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep? -- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that) -- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact? end

if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', { 1 == #empty_unknowns and or 's', utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns) }); end

local non_url_param_t = {}; -- table of parameters and values that are not url-holding parameters local url_param_t = {}; -- table of url-holding paramters and their values

for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters end has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label

if 'string' == type (k) then -- when parameter k is not positional if not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- and not in url skip table non_url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check else -- and is in url skip table (a url-holding parameter) url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list to check for values that are The Wikipedia Library url end end end

has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong if has_twl_url (url_param_t) then -- look for url-holding parameters that hold a The Wikipedia Library url args['url-access'] = 'subscription'; end return table.concat ({ frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', , {src='Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css'}), citation0( config, args) }); end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------

Template entry point

]]

local function citation (frame) local config_t = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} local args_t = frame:getParent().args; -- get template's preset parameters

for k, v in pairs (frame.args) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame config_t[k] = v; -- args_t[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep? end return _citation (frame, args_t, config_t) end


--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]]

return { citation = citation, -- template entry point

_citation = _citation, -- module entry point }